panel 9 fd agenda page 1 · 2016-04-08 · panel 9 ‐ 137 pi's none public input no.4013...

223
National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471 Phone: 617-770-3000 • Fax: 617-770-0700 • www.nfpa.org AGENDA NEC Code-Making Panel 9 First Draft Meeting January 19-24, 2015 Hilton Head, SC Item No. Subject 15-1 -1 Call to Order 15-1-2 Introduction of Members and Guests 15-1-3 Approval of A2013 ROC Meeting Minutes 15-1-4 Review of Meeting Procedures and Revision Schedule 15-1-5 Comments/Questions from Committee Members 15-1-6 Task Group Reports 15-1-7 Processing of Public Inputs 15-1-8 Fire Protection Research Foundation Requests 15-1-9 Old Business 15-1-10 New Business 15-1-11 Adjournment Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 1

Upload: others

Post on 06-Apr-2020

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471

Phone: 617-770-3000 • Fax: 617-770-0700 • www.nfpa.org

AGENDA

NEC Code-Making Panel 9

First Draft Meeting

January 19-24, 2015

Hilton Head, SC

Item No. Subject

15-1 -1 Call to Order

15-1-2 Introduction of Members and Guests

15-1-3 Approval of A2013 ROC Meeting Minutes

15-1-4 Review of Meeting Procedures and Revision Schedule

15-1-5 Comments/Questions from Committee Members

15-1-6 Task Group Reports

15-1-7 Processing of Public Inputs

15-1-8 Fire Protection Research Foundation Requests

15-1-9 Old Business

15-1-10 New Business

15-1-11 Adjournment

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 1

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 2

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 3

Panel 9 ‐ 137 PI's

Review

ed

Title SubTitle

Panel

none Public Input No. 1377 Physical Damage allnone Public Input No. 1975 Actual volts allnone Public Input No. 3478 various global editorial allnone Public Input No. 3681 60 V DC allnone Public Input No.4329 All Definitions allA Public Input No. 1902 Nominal all

A Public Input No.332 Previous Hold 9     Public Input No.311 Previous Hold 9

none Public Input No. 1426 100, Cutout Box. 9none Public Input No. 1553 100, Substation. 9none Public Input No. 1554 100‐Substation 9none Public Input No. 3631 100, Cutout Box. 9A Public Input No. 3631 100, Cutout Box. 9

none Public Input No.1238 Section No. 312.1 9none Public Input No. 4544‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 312.1 9none Public Input No.1138 Section No. 312.2 9none Public Input No.3732 Section No. 312.5(C) 9none Public Input No.2576 Section No. 312.5(C) 9none Public Input No.2575 Section No. 312.5(C) 9none Public Input No.3406 Sections 312.6(A), 312.6(B) 9none Public Input No.3091 Section No. 312.8 9none Public Input No.3112 Section No. 312.11(A)(3) 9none Public Input No.1139 Section after 312.11(D) 9

none Public Input No.1239 Article 314 9none Public Input No. 1241 314, Part IV. 9

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 4

Panel 9 ‐ 137 PI's

none Public Input No. 3123 314, Part IV. 9none Public Input No.4547 314, Part IV. 9none Public Input No.3407 Section No. 314.1 9none Public Input No.2727 Section No. 314.15 9none Public Input No.2692 Section No. 314.16(A) 9A Public Input No.3408 Sections 314.16(A), 314.16(B) 9

none Public Input No.2449 Section No. 314.16(B)(1) 9none Public Input No.1629 Section No. 314.16(B)(4) 9none Public Input No.2451 Section No. 314.16(B)(5) 9none Public Input No.1717 Section No. 314.17(B) 9none Public Input No.1329 Section No. 314.17(B) 9none Public Input No.3462 Section No. 314.19 9none Public Input No.700 Section No. 314.20 9none Public Input No.2453 Section No. 314.22 9none Public Input No.728 Section No. 314.23(B)(1) 9none Public Input No.1140 Section after 314.25(C) 9none Public Input No.393 Section No. 314.27 9A Public Input No. 4665‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 314.27 9A Public Input No. 4443‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 314.27 9

none Public Input No.573 Section No. 314.27(A)(2) 9none Public Input No. 4482‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 314.27(A)(2) 9none Public Input No.3500 Section No. 314.27(C) 9none Public Input No.348 Section No. 314.27(C) 9none Public Input No.793 Section No. 314.28(A)(2) 9none Public Input No.3347 Section No. 314.28(A)(3) 9none Public Input No.1458 Section No. 314.28(A)(3) 9none Public Input No.2454 Section No. 314.28(E)  9none Public Input No.884 Section No. 314.28(E)(1) 9none Public Input No.852 Section No. 314.28(E)(1) 9none Public Input No.3116 Section No. 314.30(A) 9none Public Input No.2704 Sections 314.40(B), 314.40(C) 9none Public Input No.2455 Section No. 314.40(D) 9none Public Input No. 4548‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 314.70 9none Public Input No.3119 Sections 314.70(A), 314.70(B), 314.70(C) 9

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 5

Panel 9 ‐ 137 PI's

CI Public Input No.3802 Section No. 314.70(B) 9none Public Input No.1242 Section after 314.70(C) 9none Public Input No.1243 Section No. 314.71 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 9none Public Input No. 4551‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 314.71 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 9

none Public Input No.3141 Section No. 404.1 9none Public Input No. 4368‐NFPA 70‐2014 Sections 404.2(B), 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No.450 Section No. 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No.449 Section No. 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No.4000 Section No. 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No.1872 Section No. 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No.1375 Section No. 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No. 4648‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 404.2(C) 9none Public Input No.1052 Section No. 404.8(A) 9none Public Input No.2021 Section No. 404.8(B) 9none Public Input No.2557 Section No. 404.9(B) 9none Public Input No.2300 Section No. 404.9(B) 9none Public Input No.2559 Section No. 404.12 9none Public Input No.89 Section after 404.13 9none Public Input No.3142 Section No. 404.13(A) 9none Public Input No. 4213‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 404.13(B) 9none Public Input No.3946 Section after 404.14(F) 9none Public Input No.1366 Section after 404.14(F) 9none Public Input No.3144 Section No. 404.16 9none Public Input No. 4534‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section after 404.18 9

none Public Input No.154 New Article after 408 9none Public Input No.3147 Section No. 408.1 9none Public Input No.1281 Section No. 408.3(A)(2) 9none Public Input No.3692 Section No. 408.3(C) 9none Public Input No.1467 Section No. 408.3(C) 9none Public Input No.321 Section No. 408.3(D) 9none Public Input No.2606 Section No. 408.3(D) 9none Public Input No. 4501‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 408.4(B) 9

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 6

Panel 9 ‐ 137 PI's

none Public Input No.3043 Section No. 408.5 9none Public Input No.153 Section after 408.18 9none Public Input No.152 Section No. 408.18(B) 9none Public Input No.2499 Section No. 408.19 9none Public Input No.3747 Section No. 408.22 9none Public Input No.2608 Section No. 408.22 9none Public Input No.1151 Section after 408.22 9none Public Input No.2609 Section No. 408.40 9none Public Input No. 3338 408.42 9none Public Input No.1041 Section No. 408.51 9none Public Input No.1580 Section No. 408.54 9none Public Input No.3437 Section No. 408.56 9

none Public Input No.3017 Section No. 450.1 9none Public Input No.864 Section No. 450.3(A) 9none Public Input No.3151 Sections 450.3(A), 450.3(B) 9none Public Input No.2943 Section No. 450.3(B) 9none Public Input No.3155 Section No. 450.4 9none Public Input No.1831 Section No. 450.5 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 9A Public Input No.1420 Section No. 450.5 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 9

none Public Input No.3157 Section No. 450.6 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 9none Public Input No.2062 Section No. 450.6(A)(5) 9none Public Input No.3158 Section No. 450.7 9none Public Input No.3160 Section No. 450.8(C) 9none Public Input No.2677 Section No. 450.10 9none Public Input No.3163 Section No. 450.12 9none Public Input No.3164 Section No. 450.13 9none Public Input No.3166 Section No. 450.21(A) 9none Public Input No. 4662‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 450.23(A) 9none Public Input No. 4666‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 450.23(B) 9none Public Input No.3170 Section No. 450.26 9none Public Input No.784 Section No. 450.27 9none Public Input No.2944 Section No. 450.41 9none Public Input No.1216 Section No. 450.43(C) 9

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 7

Panel 9 ‐ 137 PI's

none Public Input No.4013 Article 490 9none Public Input No.3181 Article 490 9none Public Input No.3176 Section No. 490.1 9none Public Input No. 4696‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 490.3 9none Public Input No.1244 Section after 490.3 9none Public Input No.3887 Section No. 490.21(B) 9none Public Input No.1535 Section No. 490.30 9none Public Input No.2682 Sections 490.36, 490.37 9none Public Input No.1541 Section No. 490.48(B) 9none Public Input No.2684 Section No. 490.55 9none Public Input No.2065 Section No. 490.71 9none Public Input No.1588 Section No. 490.71 9none Public Input No.2685 Section No. 490.72(D) 9

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 8

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 9

Public Input No. 1377-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

Change "physical damage" to "mechanical damage"

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term "physical damage" is often a source of confusion. One of the points of confusion is what is included in "physical damage"; for example, is exposure to corrosive gas included? I believe other language in the code covers that type of situation, and "mechanical damage" more clearly reflects the intent of the requirements in the NEC that currently refer to "physical damage".

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Christel HunterOrganization: General CableStreet Address:City:State:Zip: Submittal Date: Mon Sep 22 20:02:13 EDT 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, Christel Hunter, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Christel Hunter, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

Page 1 of 1National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 10

Public Input No. 1975-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

Search for Replace with50 volts 50 actual volts50 Volts 50 Actual Volts50-volts 50-actual-volts50-Volts 50-Actual-Volts

Search for Replace with150 volts 150 actual volts150 Volts 150 Actual Volts150-volts 150-actual-volts150-Volts 150-Actual-Volts

Search for Replace with300 volts 300 actual volts300 Volts 300 Actual Volts300-volts 300-actual-volts300-Volts 300-Actual Volts

Search for Replace with2000 volts 2000 actual volts2000 Volts 2000 Actual Volts

Search for Replace with2001 volts 2001 actual volts2001 Volts 2001 Actual Volts

Search for Replace with5000 volts 5000 actual volts5000 Volts 5000 Actual Volts

Search for Replace with35,000 volts 35,000 actual volts35,000 Volts 35,000 Actual Volts35,000 V 35,000 Actual VThese search and replace operations will pick up all references to the listed voltages, alll of which are actual rather than nominal values.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This section uses voltages that are "actual" hard limits.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Page 1 of 2National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 11

Related Input RelationshipPublic Input No. 1902-NFPA 70-2014 [Global Input]

This submission depends on 1902

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMSOrganization: noneAffilliation: Retired Master ElectricianStreet Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Wed Oct 15 19:51:34 EDT 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, JAMES WILLIAMS, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am JAMES WILLIAMS, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking thisbox, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

Page 2 of 2National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 12

Public Input No. 3478-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

for "provided that the" read "if the"for "provided that it" read "if it"for "provided that all" read "if all"for "provided that such" read "if the"

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

NEC_StyleManual_2011.pdf: 3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic. The following are examples of old-fashioned expressions and word uses that shall not be permitted: "provided that"

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMSOrganization: noneAffilliation: Retired Master ElectricianStreet Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 10:33:19 EST 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, JAMES WILLIAMS, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am JAMES WILLIAMS, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking thisbox, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

Page 1 of 1National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 13

Public Input No. 3681-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

Change the use of the phrase "60 V DC" to "Nominal 50V DC" throughout the NFPA 70 Standard.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The NEC is conflicted in its use of the terminology which defines the DC voltage level on when certain code rules apply. It would appear that half of the NEC code sections refer to 60V dc as the voltage limit which mandates certain code requirements. And it would appear the other half refers to "50V DC". The code should be consistent in its approach. This public input seeks to resolve this conflict and come up with consistent terminology throughout the code.

In 110.26(A)(1)(b) working space requirements are for 60V DC.250.162 refers to 60V DC for grounding requirements for DC systems.393.6 refers to listing requirements for certain DC equipment at 60V.620.5(D) refers to elevator requirements for uninsulated parts at no more than 60V DC.Article 640 and 647 have similar DC voltage limits.

For the 50 volt level guarding of live parts in 110.27 refers to both AC and DC systems.220.7 refers to marking of conductors at 50 volts or less regardless of voltage type.Article 720 refers to systems at 50 volts or less whether DC or AC.210.5(C)(2) refers to marking of conductors for DC systems 50V or less215.12(C)(2) refers to identification of DC feeder conductors at 50V or less.Section 480.5 states that overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from a battery with a nominal voltage of 50 volts or less.690.71 refers to DC storage batteries that operate at a voltage of 50 volts, nominal or less.

There are many other codes sections not mentioned which vary back and forth between 50 and 60V. The code is not consistent. I am recommending that globally the term 60V DC be replaced with 50V nominal DC.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Lawrence AyerOrganization: Biz Com Electric, Inc.Affilliation: Independent Electrical Contractors, Inc.Street Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 21:18:12 EST 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, Lawrence Ayer, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and fullrights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

Page 1 of 2National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 14

Public Input No. 4329-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

Move all definitions to Article 100.It seems that every cycle definitions are moved from a .2 section within an Article to Article 100 because someone points out that the particular term is used in more than oneArticle. For NEC users, especially new ones it makes understanding the rules that much more difficult.We also have examples like Dustight that is defined differently in Article 100 as compared to 500.2. That creates confusion.A greater problem is when a term is defined within an Article yet the term is used elsewhere in the NEC. Is the term in the Article without it being defined supposed to be something different or can it be used the same way? That also creates confusion.Some examples include Metal wireway which is defined in 376.2 yet the term is used elsewhere such as in Articles 210, 225, etc. A Tap conductor is defined in 240.2, is a motor tap conductor supposed to be something different in Article 430?As stated in the NEC Style Manual definitions cannot contain requirements yet it is oftenargued that stating that something is or is not does not necessarily constitute a requirement. If it is not, then it doesn't meet the definition. If the term is used in multiple articles then creating a definition that is usable in all those Articles is the best approach. Specific requirements which can be different can still be placed in each ArticleMany other standards have all definitions in one location. Constancy will be improved by having the panels develop language that will use the same terms without creating unnecessary conflicts. I understand the Correlating Committee recently agreed to leave terms in the .2 Section of Articles. I respectfully ask them to reconsider that position.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It seems that every cycle definitions are moved from a .2 section within an Article to Article 100 because someone points out that the particular term is used in more than one Article. For NEC users, especially new ones it makes understanding the rules that much more difficult.

We also have examples like Dustight that is defined differently in Article 100 as compared to 500.2. That creates confusion.

A greater problem is when a term is defined within an Article yet the term is used elsewhere in the NEC. Is the term in the Article without it being defined supposed to be something different or can it be used the same way? That also creates confusion.

Some examples include Metal wireway which is defined in 376.2 yet the term is used elsewhere such as in Articles 210, 225, etc. A Tap conductor is defined in 240.2, is a motor tap conductor supposed to be something different in Article 430?

As stated in the NEC Style Manual definitions cannot contain requirements yet it is often argued that stating that something is or is not does not necessarily constitute a requirement. If it is not, then it doesn't meet the definition. If the term is used in multiple articles then creating a definition that is usable in all those Articles is the best approach. Specific requirements which can be different can still be placed in each Article

Many other standards have all definitions in one location. Constancy will be improved by having the panels develop language that will use the same terms without creating unnecessary conflicts. I understand the Correlating Committee recently agreed to leave terms in the .2 Section of Articles. I respectfully ask them to reconsider that position.

Page 1 of 2National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 15

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Paul DobrowskyOrganization: SelfStreet Address:City:State:Zip: Submittal Date: Thu Nov 06 19:36:47 EST 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, Paul Dobrowsky, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Paul Dobrowsky, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

Page 2 of 2National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 16

Voltages references in NEC

Globally edit the text by removing the following text stringsnominalNominal, nominal, Nominalnominal ,Nominal ,, nominal ,, Nominal ,That is, remove the word nominal and any optional commas preceding or following it. This is a little too broad, I will provide additional submissions that repair "collateral damage" to nominals not related to voltage.Substantiation:The NEC contains 2744 sentences that contain volt, voltage, and V. Some of the Vare false positives (part V, Volume ...). 317 sentences contain nominal. The use of the word nominal does not appear to have a particular pattern when it is found in connection to voltage. Having some voltages marked as nominal and others not marked when both are intended to be nominal, leads to confusion

Making it clear what a particular voltage reference meains is important. Some of the voltage references are for exact voltages. This is true for most "limit" specifications such as "the voltage shall not exceed 42.4 volts". Other voltages are nominal and refer to a range of voltages.

The specification of 600 volts, which is a utilization voltage, and 1000 volts, which is the "new" 600 volts, is problematical. I have chosen to treat these references asnominal.

I propose that the NEC indicate that all voltages listed in it are nominal, unless specifically marked actual This would rid the document of uncertainty as to whether or not a given voltage specification was actual or nominal.

Also add a table that indicates that the three groups of nominal voltages refer to the same thing: for instance 125/250 device rating, 120/240 load rating, and 115/230motor rating.Coordination:These changes need to be co-ordinated with other submissions These submission will be keyed back to this submission number (1902). They include defining ActualVoltage and adding actual where appropriate.(1)nominal for battery circuits (2)nominal for 120/60 cneter grounded AC circuits (3)

Nearly always nominal (4)Occasionally nominal (5)nominal in 600

Page 2 of 14National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 17

kshea
Text Box
PI 1902

480Y/277

Actual (exact) <--

nominal(utilization)

8 1080 9010 1280 11012.4 1530 115

15 2000(4) 120

21.2 2001 120/240

24 (1) 5000 180

24.8 15000(5) 200

30 35000 208

42 208Y/120

42.4 22050 230

60 (2) 24065 27780 440100 460132 480

150

200 500300 550301 600350 600Y/347

600 (3)

750900

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description ApprovedNFPA-9102_libreOffice.pdf table for substantiation ✓

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Page 3 of 14National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 18

The NEC contains 2744 sentences that contain volt, voltage, and V. Some of the V are false positives (part V, Volume ...). 317 sentences contain nominal. The use of the word nominal does not appear to have a particular pattern when it is found in connection to voltage. Having some voltages marked as nominal and others not marked when both are intended to be nominal, leads to confusion

ALL RELATED submissions link back to this (1902). Although other related submissions may be interrelated, such links would grow exponentially (the mathematical exponentially, not the TV news exponentially)

Making it clear what a particular voltage reference meains is important. Some of the voltage references are for exact voltages. This is true for most "limit" specifications such as "the voltage shall not exceed 42.4 volts". Other voltages are nominal and refer to a range of voltages.

The specification of 600 volts, which is a utilization voltage, and 1000 volts, which is the "new" 600 volts, is problematical. I have chosen to treat these references as nominal.

I propose that the NEC indicate that all voltages listed in it are nominal, unless specifically marked actual This would rid the document of uncertainty as to whether or not a given voltage specification was actual or nominal.

Also add a table that indicates that the three groups of nominal voltages refer to the same thing: for instance 125/250 device rating, 120/240 load rating, and 115/230 motor rating.

Coordination:

These changes need to be co-ordinated with other submissions These submission will be keyed back to this submission number (1902). They include defining Actual Voltage and adding actual where appropriate.

(1)nominal for battery circuits (2)nominal for 120/60 center grounded AC circuits (3)Nearly always nominal (4)Occasionally nominal (5)nominal in 600{{table formatting was lost when copying it in}}}Actual (exact) <--

nominal

(utilization)<--

Voltages references in NEC8 1080 90 100010 1280 110 230012.4 1530 115 240015 2000(4) 120 416021.2 2001 120/240 720024(1) 5000 180 750024.8 15000(5) 200 1380030 35000 208 1440042 208Y/120 15000(5)42.4 220 2300050 230 3450060(2) 240 4600065 277 6900080 440 115000100 460 138000132 480 230000150480Y/277

Page 4 of 14National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 19

Voltages found in NECActual (Exact) Nominal (Utilization)

8 1080 90 1000

10 1280 110 2300

12.4 1530 115 2400

15 2000(4) 120 4160

21.2 2001 120/240 7200

24(1) 5000 180 7500

24.8 15000(5) 200 13800

30 35000 208 14400

42 208Y/120 15000(5)

42.4 220 23000

50 230 34500

60(2) 240 46000

65 277 69000

80 440 115000

100 460 138000

132 480 230000

150 480Y/277

200 500

300 550

301 600

350 600Y/347

600(3)

750

900(1)Nominal for battery circuits (2)Nominal for 120/60 center grounded AC circuits (3)Nearly always nominal (4)Occasionally nominal (5)Nominal in 600

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 20

Public Input No. 2349-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2351-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2352-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2358-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2354-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2355-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2356-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2357-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2359-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2361-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Public Input No. 2363-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMSOrganization: noneAffilliation: Retired Master ElectricianStreet Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Wed Oct 15 11:34:29 EDT 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, JAMES WILLIAMS, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am JAMES WILLIAMS, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking thisbox, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

Page 14 of 14National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 21

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 22

Public Input No. 332-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

NOTE: The following Public Input appeared as Rejected but held (Hold) in Public Comment No. 9-34(Log #1015) of the A2013 Second Draft Report (ROC) for NFPA 70 and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

9-34.pdf 9-34

9-68.pdf P9-68

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

See the Uploaded File for the Recommendation text.

Substantiation: The enclosures covered in this article are typically only required to comply with Section 314.28 when the conductors in the enclosure are 4 AWG and larger. This section seems to require compliance with those provisions regardless of size.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: NEC on CMP9

Organization: NEC on CMP9

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Feb 26 13:23:35 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

52 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 23

Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________9-34 Log #1015 NEC-P09 Final Action: Hold (314.30(A))_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: Mike Holt, Mike Holt EnterprisesComment on Proposal No: 9-68Recommendation: Revise text to read as follows: (A) Size. For conductors sized 4 AWG and larger, Hhandhole enclosures shall be sized in accordance…(remainderunchanged)Substantiation: The enclosures covered in this article are typically only required to comply with Section 314.28 whenthe conductors in the enclosure are 4 AWG and larger. This section seems to require compliance with those provisionsregardless of size.Panel Meeting Action: HoldPanel Statement: The comment contains information hat has not had public review. This is not in compliance with theNEC Style Manual.Number Eligible to Vote: 12Ballot Results: Affirmative: 11Ballot Not Returned: 1 Coghill, P. Comment on Affirmative: HARTWELL, F.: The panel statement was reported incorrectly. The compliance violation was with respect to theRegulations Governing Committee Projects. This was the statement from the floor, with the expectation that someonewould look up the specific provision.

0640291105139H152012I

1 Printed on 2/26/2014

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 24

Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________9-68 Log #968 NEC-P09 Final Action: Accept (314.30(A))_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: James T. Dollard, Jr., IBEW Local 98Recommendation: Replace 600V with 1000V.Substantiation: This proposal is the work of the “High Voltage Task Group” appointed by the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The task group consisted of the following members: Alan Peterson, Paul Barnhart, Lanny Floyd, AlanManche, Donny Cook, Vince Saporita, Roger McDaniel, Stan Folz, Eddie Guidry, Tom Adams, Jim Rogers and JimDollard. The Task Group identified the demand for increasing voltage levels used in wind generation and photovoltaic systemsas an area for consideration to enhance existing NEC requirements to address these new common voltage levels. Thetask group recognized that general requirements in Chapters 1 through 4 need to be modified before identifying andgenerating proposals to articles such as 690 specific for PV systems. These systems have moved above 600V and arereaching 1000V due to standard configurations and increases in efficiency and performance. The committee reviewedChapters 1 through 8 and identified areas where the task group agreed that the increase in voltage was of minimal or noimpact to the system installation. Additionally, there were requirements that would have had a serious impact and thetask group chose not to submit a proposal for changing the voltage. See table (supporting material) that summarizes allsections considered by the TG. Note: Supporting material is available for review at NFPA Headquarters.Panel Meeting Action: AcceptNumber Eligible to Vote: 12Ballot Results: Affirmative: 11 Negative: 1Explanation of Negative: FERRARO, J.: It is recognized that increasing voltage from 600 volts to 1000 volts may be applicable to specificinstallations. However, adequate technical substantiation has not been provided to support the change in this Article.

052931I09313470520111

1 Printed on 3/6/2014

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 25

Public Input No. 311-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

NOTE: The following Public Input appeared as Hold (Rejected but held) in Public Comment No. 9-50(Log #427) of the A2013 ROC (Second Draft Report) for NFPA 70 and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.

The Correlating Committee directs that the Panel Action be reported as "Hold"

because the comment introduces a concept that has not had public review. This comment will beforwarded to Panel 1 for action during the 2017 NEC revision cycle.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

9-50.pdf 9-50

P9-89.pdf P9-89

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Recommendation: Add new sentence to 110.13(A) to read: Electrical equipment shall be secured with an approved fastening device. The use of drywall screws shall not be used to a accomplish the securing of electrical equipment.

Substantiation: The proposal was to add that drywall screws could not be used for securing switches. The information should be located in 110.13(A) for mounting and cooling of equipment. In this section it would apply to all equipment throughout the Code and would not be needed in each Article.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CC on NEC-AAC

Organization: CC on National Electrical Code

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Feb 26 10:24:33 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

31 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 26

Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________9-50 Log #427 NEC-P09 Final Action: Hold(404.10(B))_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee directs that the Panel Action be reported as “Hold” because the commentintroduces a concept that has not had public review. This comment will be forwarded to Panel 1 for action during the2017 NEC revision cycle.Submitter: Jerry Feagans, City of St. LouisComment on Proposal No: 9-89Recommendation: Add new sentence to 110.13(A) to read: Electrical equipment shall be secured with an approved fastening device. The use of drywall screws shall not be usedto a accomplish the securing of electrical equipment.Substantiation: The proposal was to add that drywall screws could not be used for securing switches. The informationshould be located in 110.13(A) for mounting and cooling of equipment. In this section it would apply to all equipmentthroughout the Code and would not be needed in each Article.Panel Meeting Action: Accept in Principle.Panel Statement: The panel cannot entertain this change. It needs to come in at the proposal stage and should be directed to Panel 1. See panel action on Comment 9-52 which meets the intent of the submitter as it relates to Chapter4.Number Eligible to Vote: 12Ballot Results: Affirmative: 11Ballot Not Returned: 1 Coghill, P.

0634248008383Q262012L

1 Printed on 2/26/2014

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 27

Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________9-89 Log #3086 NEC-P09 Final Action: Accept in Principle (404.2(C) Exception No. 2 (New) ) _______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: It was the action of the Correlating Committee that the panel reconsider the new Exception No. 2regarding the use of the words "most areas" with respect to enforceability. This action will be considered as a public comment.Submitter: Frederic P. Hartwell, Hartwell Electrical Services, Inc. / Rep. Massachusetts Electrical Code AdvisoryCommitteeRecommendation: Insert a new exception as follows: Exception No. 2: Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load in an interior room or space, agrounded conductor of the lighting circuit shall not be required at each such location if one has been provided at one ormore switching points that is (are) visible from most areas within the room including all principal entry points. Where aswitch controls a receptacle load or a lighting load that does not serve a habitable room or bathroom, or whereautomatic control of lighting has been provided or the switch is not within the lit area, a grounded circuit conductor shallnot be requiredSubstantiation: The 2011 NEC did a good job of framing what is in effect a wiring method exception, which avoids theneutral provision requirement in instances where it can be easily added in the future. However, this provision is sorelylacking an application exception addressing instances where an occupancy sensor would be redundant, excessive, orimpossible to install. Unfortunately, this question was not addressed by CMP 9, largely because no public commentsmentioned it. If a three-way switch loop controls the lighting in a space, and the switches both see the room, why force a groundedconductor into every switch location? Very frequently three-way switches will be arranged in a two-gang arrangementwhere one of them will be on the opposite side of a wall from the illuminated space it controls; how could that switchever be replaced by an occupancy detector? Note that 210.70 requires switch control of lighting loads in a space, but theswitch does not need to be in that space. In addition, although 210.70 (A)(1) Exception No. 1 clearly allows switch-controlled receptacles to substitute forluminaire outlets in dwellings, and this substitution is entirely unregulated in other occupancies, no occupancy sensorwill ever likely be listed for use with receptacle outlets because the character of the connected load is inherentlyuncontrollable in many aspects. Some switches, such as closet door-jamb switches, control loads for which occupancysensors are not appropriate. Some wiring designs use conventional snap switches wired to turn lights off if needed, butin series with an occupancy sensor in the ceiling. This allows for automatic lighting control, but also a means to force thelights off in an occupied room in order to show slides on a screen. The proposal completes the action CMP 9 took for the2011 cycle by addressing these issues.Panel Meeting Action: Accept in PrincipleRevise the submitter's wording to read as follows: Exception No. 2: Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load in an interior room or space, agrounded circuit conductor of the lighting circuit shall not be required at each such location if one has been provided atone or more switching points that is (are) visible from most areas within the room including all principal entry points.Where a switch controls a receptacle load or a lighting load that does not serve a habitable room or bathroom, or whereautomatic control of lighting has been provided or the switch is not within the lit area, a grounded circuit conductor shallnot be required.Panel Statement: CMP 9 corrected the term "grounded conductor" to "grounded circuit conductor".Number Eligible to Vote: 12Ballot Results: Affirmative: 12

055348T102715A162011P

1 Printed on 2/27/2014

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 28

Public Input No. 1426-NFPA 70-2014 [ Definition: Cutout Box. ]

Cutout Box.

An enclosure designed for surface mounting that has swinging doors or covers secured directly to andtelescoping with the walls of the box proper .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

"proper" is an unenforceable term according to NEC_StyleManual_2011.pdf 3.2.1. It is also an archaic form.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMS

Organization: -none-

Affilliation: Retired Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Sep 27 18:32:00 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

208 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 29

Public Input No. 1553-NFPA 70-2014 [ Definition: Substation. ]

Substation.

An enclosed assemblage of equipment (e.g., switches, interrupting devices, circuit breakers, buses, andtransformers) through which electric energy is passed for the purpose of distribution, switching, or modifyingits characteristics.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This Public Input was developed by a Task Group assigned by the NEC Correlating Committee to: (1) resolve issues with actions taken by Code-making Panels 1 and 8 on proposals and comments in the 2014 NEC cycle relative to changing the voltage threshold in articles under their purview from 600 volts to 1000 volts, (2) address indoor and outdoor electrical substations, and (3) evaluate other higher voltage threshold requirements to be included relative to present trends. Members of the Task Group on Over 600 volts for this Public Input included: Alan Manche; Donny Cook; Vince Saporita; Lanny Floyd; Paul Barnhart; Eddie Guidry; Alan Peterson; Tom Adams; David Kendall; Dave Mercier; Tim Pope; and co-chairs Roger McDaniel and Neil F. LaBrake, Jr.; including ad-hoc members Larry Cogburn, CMP-8 Chair and Ken Boyce, CMP-1 Chair.

This proposed change moves the existing definition of “Substation” from Part I of Art. 100 to Part II- Over 1000V. It redefines the term for clarity. As the term is defined in the 2014 Edition of the NEC, it could apply to a number of different installations, such as an Industrial Control Panel.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Neil LaBrake

Organization: National Grid

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 03 14:08:51 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

254 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 30

Public Input No. 1554-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Definition after Definition: Multiple Fuse. ]

Substation. An assemblage of equipment containing switches, interrupting devices, protectionrelays, buses, transformers, switchgear, motor control centers, etc., through which electric energyis passed for the purpose of switching or modifying its characteristics. A substation is generally ofsuch size or complexity that it incorporates one or more buses, a multiplicity of electricalequipment and is usually the receiving point of more than one supply circuit to transform powerfrom one voltage to another or from one system to another.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This Public Input was developed by a Task Group assigned by the NEC Correlating Committee to: (1) resolve issues with actions taken by Code-making Panels 1 and 8 on proposals and comments in the 2014 NEC cycle relative to changing the voltage threshold in articles under their purview from 600 volts to 1000 volts, (2) address indoor and outdoor electrical substations, and (3) evaluate other higher voltage threshold requirements to be included relative to present trends. Members of the Task Group on Over 600 volts for this Public Input included: Alan Manche; Donny Cook; Vince Saporita; Lanny Floyd; Paul Barnhart; Eddie Guidry; Alan Peterson; Tom Adams; David Kendall; Dave Mercier; Tim Pope; and co-chairs Roger McDaniel and Neil F. LaBrake, Jr.; including ad-hoc members Larry Cogburn, CMP-8 Chair and Ken Boyce, CMP-1 Chair.

This proposed change moves the existing definition of “Substation” from Part I of Art. 100 to Part II- Over 1000V. It redefines the term for clarity. As the term is defined in the 2014 Edition of the NEC, it could apply to a number of different installations, such as an Industrial Control Panel.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Neil LaBrake

Organization: National Grid

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 03 14:12:35 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

294 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 31

Public Input No. 3631-NFPA 70-2014 [ Definition: Cutout Box. ]

Cutout Box.

An enclosure designed for surface mounting that has swinging doors or covers secured directly to andtelescoping with the walls of the box proper.

Informational Note: Switch and overcurrent device enclosures with hinged doors are examples of one typeof cutout box.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

enclosures.bmp

First, please look at the photo and pick out the 'cutout box'.

The top right of this photo illustrates a 'cutout box'. also known by some as a fused disconnect switch or 'switch and overcurrent device enclosure'.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

I propose that this new Informational Note: "Enclosed switches are an example of one type of cutout box" be added to the NEC.

Please look at the enclosed photo and pick ou the cutout box.

Ask electrical workers these days what a cutout box is, and see what they say. 99% of them could not tell you what it is.

Is this a lack of education, or an outdated term?I propose to provide one example of what a cutout box is, in order to help Code users better know how to apply the Code. The term 'Switch and Overcurrent Device Enclosures' was added to Section 312.8 in the 2011 NEC.

'Cutout Box' is an old term that is still used in the product standards. There is reluctance to remove this term. Cutouts can be a part of Listed equipment still available today, such as certain types of switchboard equipment, to my understanding, that is manufacturered in a number of comfigurations.

The UL White book does not have a lot to say about cutout boxes, which refers to the enclosure with a hinged door only, and not the equipment ( typically a fused or non-fused switch) installed inside.

Product Category "CYIV" for Cabinets and Cutout Boxes" in the 2014 UL White Book states that "The product name ‘‘Cutout Box’’ is for the surface-mounted box provided with a door."

The following is quoted directly out of the 2014 UL White Book:

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTSome cabinets and cutout boxes are intended for the installation of specifickinds of equipment; however, this category does not cover any electricalmaterial or fittings contained in the box.PRODUCT IDENTITYOne of the following product identities appears on the product:Cutout Box (for the surface-mounted box provided with a door)Electric Cabinet Box (for the box only)Electric Cabinet Front (for the front trim or matt used on the flush- orsurface-mounted cabinet box)RELATED PRODUCTSBoxes provided with a cover secured by fasteners other than hinges arecovered under Boxes, Junction and Pull (BGUZ).Enclosures investigated for ingress protection in accordance with IEC

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

209 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 32

60529, ‘‘Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code),’’ are coveredunder Degrees of Protection by Enclosures Classified in Accordancewith IEC Publications (EOFI).Enclosures intended for use with industrial control panels are coveredunder Industrial Control Panels (NITW).ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFor additional information, see Electrical Equipment for Use in Ordinary Locations (AALZ).REQUIREMENTSThe basic standards used to investigate products in this category areANSI/UL 50, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-EnvironmentalConsiderations,’’ and ANSI/UL 50E, ‘‘Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Environmental Considerations.’’

Please consider approving this proposal and help to make the Code more understandable to today's electricians. Thank you. Respectfully, MW

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: MICHAEL WEITZEL

Organization: Bechtel

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 19:07:28 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

210 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 33

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 34

Public Input No. 1238-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.1 ]

312.1 Scope.

This article covers the installation and construction specifications of cabinets, cutout boxes, and meter socketenclosures.

this Article shall not apply to electrica systems rater over 600 volts.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

98% of this article cannot be used for over 600 volts. See also changes submitted to Article 490.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joel Rencsok

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 14:43:08 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1560 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 35

Public Input No. 4544-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.1 ]

312.1 Scope.

This article covers the installation and construction specifications of cabinets, cutout boxes, and meter socketenclosures. This Article shall not apply to electrical systems rated over 600 volts.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This article should not be used for over 600 volts.See also changes submitted to Article 490.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ROCCO DELUCA

Organization: City of Phoenix AZ

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 09:48:26 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1561 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 36

Public Input No. 1138-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.2 ]

312.2 Damp and Wet Locations.

In damp or wet locations, surface-type enclosures within the scope of this article shall be placed or equippedso as to prevent moisture or water from entering and accumulating within the cabinet or cutout box, and shallbe mounted so there is at least 6-mm ( 1⁄4 -in.) airspace between the enclosure and the wall or othersupporting surface. Enclosures installed in wet locations shall be weatherproof. For enclosures in wetlocations, raceways or cables entering above the level of uninsulated live parts shall use fittings listed for wetlocations.

Enclosures designed to be surface mounted shall be surface mounted when installed in a damp or wetlocation. Weep holes of enclosures designed for damp or wet locations shall not be blocked.

Exception No. 1 : Nonmetallic enclosures shall be permitted to be installed without the airspace on aconcrete, masonry, tile, or similar surface.

Exception No. 2: Enclosures designed for damp and wet locations shall be permitted to be embeddedwithin a surface where manufacturer specifications allow.

Informational Note: For protection against corrosion, see 300.6.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Dimples out the back of enclosures are designed to step the enclosure off the surface. These dimples become non-functional when this type of enclosure is embedded (within stucco for example). Enclosures mounted this way may never experience a problem. Problems can arise if moisture were able to enter the enclosure or enter around the enclosure and become trapped. Premature failure of the enclosure or components within the enclosure will occur if moisture and water is trapped. Water could enter from a conduit entering the top of the enclosure, or a poor installation or maintenance of finish carpentry. 312.2 does address the concerns (110.26 also comes into play) but there is a practice in the field of embedding or framing in outdoor electrical enclosures to make the installation more cosmetically pleasing. Added text may help new installations. Existing installations have already been inspected and approved and appear to violate 312.2. 314.15 sufficiently covers junction boxes on this matter. 408.2 would cover panelboards, etc. by referring to article 312 provided my proposed new text to 312.2 is added.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Norman Feck

Organization: State of Colorado

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Aug 27 09:45:44 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1562 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 37

Public Input No. 3732-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.5(C) ]

(C) Cables.

Where cable is used, each cable shall be secured to the cabinet, cutout box, or meter socket enclosure.

(1) Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall be permitted to enter the top of a surface-mounted enclosure through one or more nonflexible raceways not less than 450 mm (18 in.) and notmore than 3.0 m (10 ft) in length, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a) Each cable is fastened within 300 mm (12 in.), measured along the sheath, of the outer end of theraceway.

(b) The raceway extends directly above the enclosure and does not penetrate a structural ceiling.

(c) A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to protect the cable(s) from abrasion and thefittings remain accessible after installation.

(d) The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end using approved means so as to prevent accessto the enclosure through the raceway.

(e) The cable sheath is continuous through the raceway and extends into the enclosure beyond thefitting not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).

(f) The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at other points in accordance with the applicablearticle.

(g) Where installed as conduit or tubing, the cable fill does not exceed the amount that would bepermitted for complete conduit or tubing systems by Table 1 of Chapter 9 of this Code and allapplicable notes thereto.

Informational Note: See Table 1 in Chapter 9, including Note 9, for allowable cable fill in circularraceways. See 310.15(B) (3)(a) for required ampacity reductions for multiple cables installed in acommon raceway.

(2) Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall be permitted to enter the back of asurface-mounted enclosure provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a) Each cable is fastened with 300 mm (12 in.), measured along the sheath, of the outer end ofan approved bushing or connector.

(b) The cable sheath is continuous through the bushing or connector.

(c) The opening into the enclosure is sealed or plugged to prevent access to the enclosure.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Installing cables into the back of a surface -mounted panelboard through a nonmetallic bushing or connector has been a common, noncomplying, practice for over 40 years. This practice is similar to the first "Exception" permitting a conduit to be installed at the top of a surface-mounted enclosure for the purpose of installing cables into the panelboard. Cabinets are not provided, generally, with the proper access KO's for installing multiple cables into the back of the cabinet. If the panelboard were installed on the exterior of a building and individual cable connectors were used it would not only require multiple holes to allow for the back side of the individual connectors, it would require precise fitting of those cable connectors into the outer surface of the building to prevent energy loss and/or pest intrusion.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Ron Chilton

Organization: North Carolina Code Clearing Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 08:25:54 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1565 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 38

Public Input No. 2576-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.5(C) ]

(C) Cables.

Where cable is used, each cable shall be secured to the cabinet, cutout box, or meter socket enclosure.

Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall be permitted to enter the top of a surface-mounted enclosure through one or more nonflexible raceways not less than 450 mm (18 in.) and notmore than 3.0 m (10 ft) in length, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a) Each cable is fastened within 300 mm (12 in.), measured along the sheath, of the outer end of theraceway.

(b) The raceway extends directly above the enclosure and does not penetrate a structural ceiling.

(c) A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to protect the cable(s) from abrasion and thefittings remain accessible after installation.

(d) The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end using approved means so as to prevent accessto the enclosure through the raceway.

(e) The cable sheath is continuous through the raceway and extends into the enclosure beyond thefitting not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).

(f) The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at other points in accordance with the applicablearticle.

(g) Where installed as conduit or tubing, the cable fill does not exceed the amount that would bepermitted for complete conduit or tubing systems by Table 1 of Chapter 9 of this Code and allapplicable notes thereto.   Chapter 9, Table 1, Note 2 does not apply to this applica on.

Informational Note: See Table 1 in Chapter 9, including Note 9, for allowable cable fill in circularraceways. See 310.15(B) (3)(a) for required ampacity reductions for multiple cables installed in acommon raceway.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

312.5(C) Exception (g) appears to conflict with Chapter 9 Table 1 note (2). Note (2) identifies that Table 1 applies only to complete conduit or tubing systems and is not intended to apply to sections of conduit or tubing used to protect exposed wiring from physical damage. Since it appears to be the intent of Section 312.5(C) Exception (g) to apply the cross sectional fill requirements of Chapter 9 table 1 even though this in not a complete conduit or tubing system but intended to provide physical protection for the NM cables. This new text is needed to clear up any confusion, as currently written, one could use Chapter 9 note 2 stating the Chapter 9 Table 1 fill requirements are not applicable since this is only for physical protection and not a complete conduit or tubing system. Therefore one could place as many cables that will physically fit and not be limited to the

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Richard Hollander

Organization: City of Tucson

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 27 09:08:24 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1564 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 39

Public Input No. 2575-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.5(C) ]

(C) Cables.

Where cable is used, each cable shall be secured to the cabinet, cutout box, or meter socket enclosure.

Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall be permitted to enter the top of a surface-mounted enclosure through one or more nonflexible raceways not less than 450 mm (18 in.) and notmore than 3.0 m (10 ft) in length, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a) Each cable is fastened within 300 mm (12 in.), measured along the sheath, of the outer end of theraceway.

(b) The raceway extends directly above the enclosure and does not penetrate a structural ceiling.

(c) A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to protect the cable(s) from abrasion and thefittings remain accessible after installation.

(d) The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end using approved means so as to prevent accessto the enclosure through the raceway.

(e) The cable sheath is continuous through the raceway and extends into the enclosure beyond thefitting not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).

(f) The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at other points in accordance with the applicablearticle.

(g) Where installed as conduit or tubing, the cable fill does not exceed the amount that would bepermitted for complete conduit or tubing systems by Table 1 of Chapter 9 of this Code and allapplicable notes thereto. Chapter 9, Table 1, Note 2 does not apply to this applica on

Informational Note: See Table 1 in Chapter 9, including Note 9, for allowable cable fill in circularraceways. See 310.15(B) (3)(a) for required ampacity reductions for multiple cables installed in acommon raceway.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

312.5(C) Exception (g) appears to conflict with Chapter 9 Table 1 note (2). Note (2) identifies that Table 1 applies only to complete conduit or tubing systems and is not intended to apply to sections of conduit or tubing used to protect exposed wiring from physical damage. Since it appears to be the intent of Section 312.5(C) Exception (g) to apply the cross sectional fill requirements of Chapter 9 table 1 even though this in not a complete conduit or tubing system but intended to provide physical protection for the NM cables. This new text is needed to clear up any confusion, as currently written, one could use Chapter 9 note 2 stating the Chapter 9 Table 1 fill requirements are not applicable since this is only for physical protection and not a complete conduit or tubing system. Therefore one could place as many cables that will physically fit and not be limited to the fill requirements of Chapter 9 Table 1 or the fill calculation requirements of Chapter 9 notes (5), (7) and (9).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JEFF SIMPSON

Organization: Jade Learning

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 27 09:02:13 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1563 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 40

Public Input No. 3406-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 312.6(A), 312.6(B) ]

Sections 312.6(A), 312.6(B)

(A) Width of Wiring Gutters.

Conductors shall not be deflected within a cabinet or cutout box unless a gutter having a width in accordancewith Table 312.6(A) is provided. Conductors in parallel in accordance with 310.10(H) shall be judged on thebasis of the number of conductors in parallel.

Table 312.6(A) Minimum Wire-Bending Space at Terminals and Minimum Width of Wiring Gutters

Wires per Terminal

Wire Size (AWG or kcmil)1 2 3 4 5

mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

14–10 18–10 Not specified — — — — — — — —

8–6 38.1 1 1⁄2 — — — — — — — —

4–3 50.8 2 — — — — — — — —

2 63.5 2 1⁄2 — — — — — — — —

1 76.2 3 — — — — — — — —

1/0–2/0 88.9 3 1⁄2 127 5 178 7 — — — —

3/0–4/0 102 4 152 6 203 8 — — — —

250 114 4 1⁄2 152 6 203 8 254 10 — —

300–350 127 5 203 8 254 10 305 12 — —

400–500 152 6 203 8 254 10 305 12 356 14

600–700 203 8 254 10 305 12 356 14 406 16

750–900 203 8 305 12 356 14 406 16 457 18

1000–1250 254 10 — — — — — — — —

1500–2000 305 12 — — — — — — — —

Note: Bending space at terminals shall be measured in a straight line from the end of the lug or wireconnector (in the direction that the wire leaves the terminal) to the wall, barrier, or obstruction.

(B) Wire-Bending Space at Terminals.

Wire-bending space at each terminal shall be provided in accordance with 312.6(B) (1) or (B)(2).

(1) Conductors Not Entering or Leaving Opposite Wall.

Table 312.6(A) shall apply where the conductor does not enter or leave the enclosure through the wallopposite its terminal.

(2) Conductors Entering or Leaving Opposite Wall.

Table 312.6(B) shall apply where the conductor does enter or leave the enclosure through the wall oppositeits terminal.

Exception No. 1: Where the distance between the wall and its terminal is in accordance with Table312.6(A) , a conductor shall be permitted to enter or leave an enclosure through the wall opposite itsterminal, provided the conductor enters or leaves the enclosure where the gutter joins an adjacent gutterthat has a width that conforms to Table 312.6(B) for the conductor.

Exception No. 2: A conductor not larger than 350 kcmil shall be permitted to enter or leave an enclosurecontaining only a meter socket(s) through the wall opposite its terminal, provided the distance betweenthe terminal and the opposite wall is not less than that specified in Table 312.6(A) and the terminal is alay-in type, where the terminal is either of the following:

(a) Directed toward the opening in the enclosure and within a 45 degree angle of directly facing theenclosure wall

(b) Directly facing the enclosure wall and offset not greater than 50 percent of the bending spacespecified in Table 312.6(A)

Informational Note: Offset is the distance measured along the enclosure wall from the axis of thecenterline of the terminal to a line passing through the center of the opening in the enclosure.

Table 312.6(B) Minimum Wire-Bending Space at Terminals

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1566 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 41

Wire Size (AWG or kcmil)

Wires per Terminal

1 2 34 orMore

All OtherConductors

Compact Stranded AA-8000 AluminumAlloy Conductors (See Note 3.)

mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

14–10 18–10 12–8 18–8Not

specified— — — — —

8 6 38.1

 1 1⁄2 — — — — —

6 4 50.8

 2 — — — — —

4 2 76.2

 3 — — — — —

3 1 76.2

 3 — — — — —

2 1/0 88.9

 3 1⁄2 — — — — —

1 2/0 114  4 1⁄2 — — — — —

1/0 3/0 140  5 1⁄2 140  5 1⁄2 178  7 — —

2/0 4/0 152  6 152  6 190  7 1⁄2 — —

3/0 250 165a  6 1⁄2a 165a  6 1⁄2

a203  8 — —

4/0 300 178b  7b 190c  7 1⁄2c 216a  8 1⁄2

a— —

250 350 216d  8 1⁄2d 229d  8 1⁄2

d 254b  9b 254 10

300 400 254e 10e 254d 10d 279b 11b 305 12

350 500 305e 12e 305e 12e 330e 13e 356d 14d

400 600 330e 13e 330e 13e 356e 14e 381e 15e

500 700–750 356e 14e 356e 14e 381e 15e 406e 16e

600 800–900 381e 15e 406e 16e 457e 18e 483e 19e

700 1000 406e 16e 457e 18e 508e 20e 559e 22e

750 — 432e 17e 483e 19e 559e 22e 610e 24e

800 — 457 18 508 20 559 22 610 24

900 — 483 19 559 22 610 24 610 24

1000 — 508 20 — — — —

1250 — 559 22 — — — —

1500 — 610 24 — — — —

1750 — 610 24 — — — —

2000 — 610 24 — — — —

Notes:

1. Bending space at terminals shall be measured in a straight line from the end of the lug or wire connector ina direction perpendicular to the enclosure wall.

2. For removable and lay-in wire terminals intended for only one wire, bending space shall be permitted to bereduced by the following number of millimeters (inches):

a12.7 mm ( 1⁄2 in.)

b25.4 mm (1 in.)

c38.1 mm (1 1⁄2 in.)

d50.8 mm (2 in.)

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1567 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 42

e76.2 mm (3 in.)

3. This column shall be permitted to determine the required wire-bending space for compact strandedaluminum conductors in sizes up to 1000 kcmil and manufactured using AA-8000 series electrical gradealuminum alloy conductor material in accordance with 310.106(B).

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

we need to coordinate all tables and get down to #18 awg copper or alunium for up to 1000v systems for power or control circuiits

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES CAIN

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 02:32:21 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1568 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 43

Public Input No. 3091-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.8 ]

312.8 Switch and Overcurrent Device Enclosures

with.

A) Splices, Taps, and Feed-Through Conductors.

The wiring space of enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices shall be permitted for conductorsfeeding through, spliced, or tapping off to other enclosures, switches, or overcurrent devices where all ofthe following conditions are met:

(1) The total of all conductors installed at any cross section of the wiring space does not exceed 40percent of the cross-sectional area of that space.

(2) The total area of all conductors, splices, taps, devices and taps installed equipment installed at anycross section of the wiring space does not exceed 75 percent of the cross-sectional area of that space.

(3) A warning label complying with 110.21(B) is applied to the enclosure that identifies the closestdisconnecting means for any feed-through conductors.

B) Devices and Equipment.

The wiring space of enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices shall be permitted for devices andequipment where all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The device or equipment is identified as a field installable accessory as part of the listed equipment, or isa listed kit evaluated for field installation in the specific equipment, and

(2) The total area of all conductors, splices, taps, devices, and equipment at any cross section of the wiringspace does not exceed 75 percent of the cross-sectional area of that space.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There is a proliferation of devices and equipment intended by non-OEM’s to be installed in enclosures containing panelboards. This is driven in part by interest in measuring, monitoring, and controlling circuits as part of load monitoring and energy management. CMP 9 considered a proposal for 2011 which would have allowed utilization equipment to be installed in the cabinet (reference proposal 9-31). The CMP rejected this proposal, noting that these types of installations would result in obstructions within cabinets that could not be evaluated by qualified testing laboratories. This proposal is intended to provide guidance as to when the addition of devices and/or equipment may be acceptable. The proposed text would limit the inclusion of devices and equipment in a wiring space to those which are identified as field installable accessories as part of the listed equipment, or as a listed kit evaluated for field installation in the specific equipment. This proposal would limit the amount of space occupied by all conductors, splices, taps, devices, and equipment to the same 75 percent fill requirement that is presently in 312.8(2).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Robert Osborne

Organization: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 10:09:50 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1569 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 44

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 312.11(A)(3) ]

(3) Live Parts.

There shall be an airspace of at least 12.7 mm (0.500 in.) between the walls, back, gutter partition, if ofmetal, or door of any cabinet or cutout box and the nearest exposed current-carrying part of devicesmounted within the cabinet where the voltage does not exceed 250. This spacing shall be increased to atleast 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) for voltages of 251 to 1000 2000 , nominal.

Exception: Where the conditions in 312.11(A) (2), Exception, are met, the airspace for nominal voltagesfrom 251 to 600 shall be permitted to be not less than 12.7 mm (0.500 in.).

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3116-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 314.30(A)]

Public Input No. 3119-NFPA 70-2014 [Sections 314.70(A), 314.70(B), 314.70(C)]

Public Input No. 3123-NFPA 70-2014 [Part IV.]

Public Input No. 3141-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 404.1]

Public Input No. 3144-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 404.16]

Public Input No. 3147-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 408.1]

Public Input No. 3151-NFPA 70-2014 [Sections 450.3(A), 450.3(B)]

Public Input No. 3155-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.4]

Public Input No. 3157-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.6 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

Public Input No. 3158-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.7]

Public Input No. 3160-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.8(C)]

Public Input No. 3163-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.12]

Public Input No. 3164-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.13]

Public Input No. 3166-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.21(A)]

Public Input No. 3170-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 450.26]

Public Input No. 3181-NFPA 70-2014 [Article 490]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1570 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 45

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 12:54:18 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1571 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 46

Public Input No. 1139-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 312.11(D) ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT 312.26 Coarse Thread Screws

Type your content here ...

Coarse thread screw(s) shall not enter electrical enclosures.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Whether coarse thread screws are added before conductors, busbars, electrical components, etc. are installed or added to an existing installation; they are a recipe for disaster. Coarse thread self tapper screws are very convenient and are used this way. I believe it should be a violation. The closest I see the NEC to addressing this is 314.23(B)(1). The way the new entry is worded allows coarse thread screws to exit enclosures. For instance, an electrical component could be installed in an electrical enclosure with coarse thread self tapper screws zipped from the inside to the outside of the enclosure.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Norman Feck

Organization: State of Colorado

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Aug 27 10:01:23 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1572 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 47

Public Input No. 1239-NFPA 70-2014 [ Article 314 ]

Article 314 Enclosure, Outlet, Device, Pull, and Junction Boxes; Conduit Bodies; Fittings; and HandholeEnclosures

Part I. Scope and General

314.1 Scope.

This article covers the installation and use of all boxes and conduit bodies used as outlet, device, junction, orpull boxes, depending on their use, and handhole enclosures. Cast, sheet metal, nonmetallic, and otherboxes such as FS, FD, and larger boxes are not classified as conduit bodies. This article also includesinstallation requirements for fittings used to join raceways and to connect raceways and cables to boxes andconduit bodies.

314.2 Round Boxes.

Round boxes shall not be used where conduits or connectors requiring the use of locknuts or bushings are tobe connected to the side of the box.

314.3 Nonmetallic Boxes.

Nonmetallic boxes shall be permitted only with open wiring on insulators, concealed knob-and-tube wiring,cabled wiring methods with entirely nonmetallic sheaths, flexible cords, and nonmetallic raceways.

Exception No. 1: Where internal bonding means are provided between all entries, nonmetallic boxesshall be permitted to be used with metal raceways or metal-armored cables.

Exception No. 2: Where integral bonding means with a provision for attaching an equipment bondingjumper inside the box are provided between all threaded entries in nonmetallic boxes listed for thepurpose, nonmetallic boxes shall be permitted to be used with metal raceways or metal-armored cables.

314.4 Metal Boxes.

Metal boxes shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with Parts I, IV, V, VI, VII, and X of Article 250 asapplicable, except as permitted in 250.112(I) .

Part II. Installation

314.15 Damp or Wet Locations.

In damp or wet locations, boxes, conduit bodies, outlet box hoods, and fittings shall be placed or equippedso as to prevent moisture from entering or accumulating within the box, conduit body, or fitting. Boxes,conduit bodies, outlet box hoods, and fittings installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.Approved drainage openings not larger than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.) shall be permitted to be installed in the field inboxes or conduit bodies listed for use in damp or wet locations. For installation of listed drain fittings, largeropenings are permitted to be installed in the field in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Informational Note No. 1: For boxes in floors, see 314.27(B) .

Informational Note No. 2: For protection against corrosion, see 300.6.

314.16 Number of Conductors in Outlet, Device, and Junction Boxes, and Conduit Bodies.

Boxes and conduit bodies shall be of an approved size to provide free space for all enclosed conductors. Inno case shall the volume of the box, as calculated in 314.16(A) , be less than the fill calculation as calculatedin 314.16(B) . The minimum volume for conduit bodies shall be as calculated in 314.16(C) .

The provisions of this section shall not apply to terminal housings supplied with motors or generators.

Informational Note: For volume requirements of motor or generator terminal housings, see 430.12.

Boxes and conduit bodies enclosing conductors 4 AWG or larger shall also comply with the provisions of314.28.

(A) Box Volume Calculations.

The volume of a wiring enclosure (box) shall be the total volume of the assembled sections and, where used,the space provided by plaster rings, domed covers, extension rings, and so forth, that are marked with theirvolume or are made from boxes the dimensions of which are listed in Table 314.16(A) .

(1) Standard Boxes.

The volumes of standard boxes that are not marked with their volume shall be as given in Table 314.16(A) .

(2) Other Boxes.

Boxes 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) or less, other than those described in Table 314.16(A) , and nonmetallic boxesshall be durably and legibly marked by the manufacturer with their volume. Boxes described in Table314.16(A) that have a volume larger than is designated in the table shall be permitted to have their volumemarked as required by this section.

Table 314.16(A) Metal Boxes

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1573 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 48

Box Trade SizeMinimumVolume

Maximum Number ofConductors*

(arranged by AWG size)

mm in. cm3 in.3 18 16 14 12 10 8 6

100 × 32 (4 × 1 1⁄4 ) round/octagonal 205 12.5 8 7 6 5 5 5 2

100 × 38 (4 × 1 1⁄2 ) round/octagonal 254 15.5 10 8 7 6 6 5 3

100 × 54 (4 × 2 1⁄8 ) round/octagonal 353 21.5 14 12 10 9 8 7 4

100 × 32 (4× 1 1⁄4 ) square 295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

100 × 38 (4 × 1 1⁄2 ) square 344 21.0 14 12 10 9 8 7 4

100 × 54 (4 × 2 1⁄8 ) square 497 30.3 20 17 15 13 12 10 6

120 × 32 (4 11⁄16 × 1 1⁄4 ) square 418 25.5 17 14 12 11 10 8 5

120 × 38 (4 11⁄16 × 1 1⁄2 ) square 484 29.5 19 16 14 13 11 9 5

120 × 54 (4 11⁄16 × 2 1⁄8 ) square 689 42.0 28 24 21 18 16 14 8

75 × 50 × 38 (3 × 2 × 1 1⁄2 ) device 123 7.5 5 4 3 3 3 2 1

75 × 50 × 50 (3 × 2 × 2) device 164 10.0 6 5 5 4 4 3 2

75× 50 × 57 (3× 2 × 2 1⁄4 ) device 172 10.5 7 6 5 4 4 3 2

75 × 50 × 65 (3 × 2 × 2 1⁄2 ) device 205 12.5 8 7 6 5 5 4 2

75 × 50 × 70 (3 × 2 × 2 3⁄4 ) device 230 14.0 9 8 7 6 5 4 2

75 × 50 × 90 (3 × 2 × 3 1⁄2 ) device 295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

100 × 54 × 38(4 × 2 1⁄8 × 1 1⁄2

)device 169 10.3 6 5 5 4 4 3 2

100 × 54 × 48(4 × 2 1⁄8 × 1 7⁄8

)device 213 13.0 8 7 6 5 5 4 2

100 × 54 × 54(4 × 2 1⁄8 × 2 1⁄8

)device 238 14.5 9 8 7 6 5 4 2

95 × 50 × 65(3 3⁄4 × 2 × 2 1⁄2

)masonrybox/gang

230 14.0 9 8 7 6 5 4 2

95 × 50 × 90(3 3⁄4 × 2 × 3 1⁄2

)masonrybox/gang

344 21.0 14 12 10 9 8 7 4

min. 44.5depth

FS — single cover/gang (1 3⁄4 ) 221 13.5 9 7 6 6 5 4 2

min. 60.3depth

FD — single cover/gang (2 3⁄8 ) 295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

min. 44.5depth

FS — multiple cover/gang (1 3⁄4 ) 295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

min. 60.3depth

FD — multiple cover/gang (2 3⁄8 ) 395 24.0 16 13 12 10 9 8 4

*Where no volume allowances are required by 314.16(B)(2) through (B)(5).

(B) Box Fill Calculations.

The volumes in paragraphs 314.16(B) (1) through (B)(5), as applicable, shall be added together. Noallowance shall be required for small fittings such as locknuts and bushings.

(1) Conductor Fill.

Each conductor that originates outside the box and terminates or is spliced within the box shall be countedonce, and each conductor that passes through the box without splice or termination shall be counted once.Each loop or coil of unbroken conductor not less than twice the minimum length required for free conductorsin 300.14 shall be counted twice. The conductor fill shall be calculated using Table 314.16(B) . A conductor,no part of which leaves the box, shall not be counted.

Exception: An equipment grounding conductor or conductors or not over four fixture wires smaller than14 AWG, or both, shall be permitted to be omitted from the calculations where they enter a box from adomed luminaire or similar canopy and terminate within that box.

(2) Clamp Fill.

Where one or more internal cable clamps, whether factory or field supplied, are present in the box, a singlevolume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made based on the largest conductor presentin the box. No allowance shall be required for a cable connector with its clamping mechanism outside thebox.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1574 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 49

A clamp assembly that incorporates a cable termination for the cable conductors shall be listed and markedfor use with specific nonmetallic boxes. Conductors that originate within the clamp assembly shall be includedin conductor fill calculations covered in 314.16(B)(1) as though they entered from outside the box. The clampassembly shall not require a fill allowance, but the volume of the portion of the assembly that remains withinthe box after installation shall be excluded from the box volume as marked in 314.16(A) (2).

(3) Support Fittings Fill.

Where one or more luminaire studs or hickeys are present in the box, a single volume allowance inaccordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made for each type of fitting based on the largest conductorpresent in the box.

(4) Device or Equipment Fill.

For each yoke or strap containing one or more devices or equipment, a double volume allowance inaccordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made for each yoke or strap based on the largest conductorconnected to a device(s) or equipment supported by that yoke or strap. A device or utilization equipmentwider than a single 50 mm (2 in.) device box as described in Table 314.16(A) shall have double volumeallowances provided for each gang required for mounting.

Table 314.16(B) Volume Allowance Required per Conductor

Size of Conductor (AWG)Free Space Within Box for Each Conductor

cm3 in.3

18 24.6 1.50

16 28.7 1.75

14 32.8 2.00

12 36.9 2.25

10 41.0 2.50

8 49.2 3.00

6 81.9 5.00

(5) Equipment Grounding Conductor Fill.

Where one or more equipment grounding conductors or equipment bonding jumpers enter a box, a singlevolume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made based on the largest equipmentgrounding conductor or equipment bonding jumper present in the box. Where an additional set of equipmentgrounding conductors, as permitted by 250.146(D) , is present in the box, an additional volume allowanceshall be made based on the largest equipment grounding conductor in the additional set.

(C) Conduit Bodies.

(1) General.

Conduit bodies enclosing 6 AWG conductors or smaller, other than short-radius conduit bodies as describedin 314.16(C) (3), shall have a cross-sectional area not less than twice the cross-sectional area of the largestconduit or tubing to which they can be attached. The maximum number of conductors permitted shall be themaximum number permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9 for the conduit or tubing to which it is attached.

(2) With Splices, Taps, or Devices.

Only those conduit bodies that are durably and legibly marked by the manufacturer with their volume shall bepermitted to contain splices, taps, or devices. The maximum number of conductors shall be calculated inaccordance with 314.16(B) . Conduit bodies shall be supported in a rigid and secure manner.

(3) Short Radius Conduit Bodies.

Conduit bodies such as capped elbows and service-entrance elbows that enclose conductors 6 AWG orsmaller, and are only intended to enable the installation of the raceway and the contained conductors, shallnot contain splices, taps, or devices and shall be of an approved size to provide free space for all conductorsenclosed in the conduit body.

314.17 Conductors Entering Boxes, Conduit Bodies, or Fittings.

Conductors entering boxes, conduit bodies, or fittings shall be protected from abrasion and shall comply with314.17(A) through (D).

(A) Openings to Be Closed.

Openings through which conductors enter shall be closed in an approved manner.

(B) Metal Boxes and Conduit Bodies.

Where metal boxes or conduit bodies are installed with messenger-supported wiring, open wiring oninsulators, or concealed knob-and-tube wiring, conductors shall enter through insulating bushings or, in drylocations, through flexible tubing extending from the last insulating support to not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.)inside the box and beyond any cable clamps. Except as provided in 300.15(C) , the wiring shall be firmlysecured to the box or conduit body. Where raceway or cable is installed with metal boxes or conduit bodies,the raceway or cable shall be secured to such boxes and conduit bodies.

(C) Nonmetallic Boxes and Conduit Bodies.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1575 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 50

Nonmetallic boxes and conduit bodies shall be suitable for the lowest temperature-rated conductor enteringthe box. Where nonmetallic boxes and conduit bodies are used with messenger-supported wiring, openwiring on insulators, or concealed knob-and-tube wiring, the conductors shall enter the box through individualholes. Where flexible tubing is used to enclose the conductors, the tubing shall extend from the last insulatingsupport to not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.) inside the box and beyond any cable clamp. Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable or multiconductor Type UF cable is used, the sheath shall extend not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.)inside the box and beyond any cable clamp. In all instances, all permitted wiring methods shall be secured tothe boxes.

Exception: Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable or multiconductor Type UF cable is used with single gangboxes not larger than a nominal size 57 mm × 100 mm (2 1⁄4 in. × 4 in.) mounted in walls or ceilings, andwhere the cable is fastened within 200 mm (8 in.) of the box measured along the sheath and where thesheath extends through a cable knockout not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.), securing the cable to the box shallnot be required. Multiple cable entries shall be permitted in a single cable knockout opening.

(D) Conductors 4 AWG or Larger.

Installation shall comply with 300.4(G) .

Informational Note: See 110.12(A) for requirements on closing unused cable and raceway knockoutopenings.

314.19 Boxes Enclosing Flush Devices.

Boxes used to enclose flush devices shall be of such design that the devices will be completely enclosed onback and sides and substantial support for the devices will be provided. Screws for supporting the box shallnot be used in attachment of the device contained therein.

314.20 In Wall or Ceiling.

In walls or ceilings with a surface of concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, or other noncombustible material, boxesemploying a flush-type cover or faceplate shall be installed so that the front edge of the box, plaster ring,extension ring, or listed extender will not be set back of the finished surface more than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).

In walls and ceilings constructed of wood or other combustible surface material, boxes, plaster rings,extension rings, or listed extenders shall be flush with the finished surface or project therefrom.

314.21 Repairing Noncombustible Surfaces.

Noncombustible surfaces that are broken or incomplete around boxes employing a flush-type cover orfaceplate shall be repaired so there will be no gaps or open spaces greater than 3 mm ( 1⁄8 in.) at the edgeof the box.

314.22 Surface Extensions.

Surface extensions shall be made by mounting and mechanically securing an extension ring over the box.Equipment grounding shall be in accordance with Part VI of Article 250.

Exception: A surface extension shall be permitted to be made from the cover of a box where the cover isdesigned so it is unlikely to fall off or be removed if its securing means becomes loose. The wiringmethod shall be flexible for an approved length that permits removal of the cover and provides access tothe box interior and shall be arranged so that any grounding continuity is independent of the connectionbetween the box and cover.

314.23 Supports.

Enclosures within the scope of this article shall be supported in accordance with one or more of theprovisions in 314.23(A) through (H).

(A) Surface Mounting.

An enclosure mounted on a building or other surface shall be rigidly and securely fastened in place. If thesurface does not provide rigid and secure support, additional support in accordance with other provisions ofthis section shall be provided.

(B) Structural Mounting.

An enclosure supported from a structural member or from grade shall be rigidly supported either directly orby using a metal, polymeric, or wood brace.

(1) Nails and Screws.

Nails and screws, where used as a fastening means, shall be attached by using brackets on the outside ofthe enclosure, or they shall pass through the interior within 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.) of the back or ends of theenclosure. Screws shall not be permitted to pass through the box unless exposed threads in the box areprotected using approved means to avoid abrasion of conductor insulation.

(2) Braces.

Metal braces shall be protected against corrosion and formed from metal that is not less than 0.51 mm(0.020 in.) thick uncoated. Wood braces shall have a cross section not less than nominal 25 mm × 50 mm (1in. × 2 in.). Wood braces in wet locations shall be treated for the conditions. Polymeric braces shall beidentified as being suitable for the use.

(C) Mounting in Finished Surfaces.

An enclosure mounted in a finished surface shall be rigidly secured thereto by clamps, anchors, or fittingsidentified for the application.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1576 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 51

(D) Suspended Ceilings.

An enclosure mounted to structural or supporting elements of a suspended ceiling shall be not more than

1650 cm3 (100 in.3) in size and shall be securely fastened in place in accordance with either (D)(1) or(D)(2).

(1) Framing Members.

An enclosure shall be fastened to the framing members by mechanical means such as bolts, screws, orrivets, or by the use of clips or other securing means identified for use with the type of ceiling framingmember(s) and enclosure(s) employed. The framing members shall be supported in an approved mannerand securely fastened to each other and to the building structure.

(2) Support Wires.

The installation shall comply with the provisions of 300.11(A) . The enclosure shall be secured, usingidentified methods, to ceiling support wire(s), including any additional support wire(s) installed for ceilingsupport. Support wire(s) used for enclosure support shall be fastened at each end so as to be taut within theceiling cavity.

(E) Raceway-Supported Enclosure, Without Devices, Luminaires, or Lampholders.

An enclosure that does not contain a device(s), other than splicing devices, or supports a luminaire(s), a

lampholder, or other equipment and is supported by entering raceways shall not exceed 1650 cm3 (100 in.3)in size. It shall have threaded entries or identified hubs. It shall be supported by two or more conduitsthreaded wrenchtight into the enclosure or hubs. Each conduit shall be secured within 900 mm (3 ft) of theenclosure, or within 450 mm (18 in.) of the enclosure if all conduit entries are on the same side.

Exception: The following wiring methods shall be permitted to support a conduit body of any size,including a conduit body constructed with only one conduit entry, provided that the trade size of theconduit body is not larger than the largest trade size of the conduit or tubing:

(1) Intermediate metal conduit, Type IMC

(2) Rigid metal conduit, Type RMC

(3) Rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit, Type PVC

(4) Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit, Type RTRC

(5) Electrical metallic tubing, Type EMT

(F) Raceway-Supported Enclosures, with Devices, Luminaires, or Lampholders.

An enclosure that contains a device(s), other than splicing devices, or supports a luminaire(s), a lampholder,

or other equipment and is supported by entering raceways shall not exceed 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) in size. Itshall have threaded entries or identified hubs. It shall be supported by two or more conduits threadedwrenchtight into the enclosure or hubs. Each conduit shall be secured within 450 mm (18 in.) of theenclosure.

Exception No. 1: Rigid metal or intermediate metal conduit shall be permitted to support a conduit bodyof any size, including a conduit body constructed with only one conduit entry, provided the trade size ofthe conduit body is not larger than the largest trade size of the conduit.

Exception No. 2: An unbroken length(s) of rigid or intermediate metal conduit shall be permitted tosupport a box used for luminaire or lampholder support, or to support a wiring enclosure that is anintegral part of a luminaire and used in lieu of a box in accordance with 300.15(B) , where all of thefollowing conditions are met:

(a) The conduit is securely fastened at a point so that the length of conduit beyond the last point ofconduit support does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft).

(b) The unbroken conduit length before the last point of conduit support is 300 mm (12 in.) or greater,and that portion of the conduit is securely fastened at some point not less than 300 mm (12 in.) fromits last point of support.

(c) Where accessible to unqualified persons, the luminaire or lampholder, measured to its lowestpoint, is at least 2.5 m (8 ft) above grade or standing area and at least 900 mm (3 ft) measuredhorizontally to the 2.5 m (8 ft) elevation from windows, doors, porches, fire escapes, or similarlocations.

(d) A luminaire supported by a single conduit does not exceed 300 mm (12 in.) in any direction fromthe point of conduit entry.

(e) The weight supported by any single conduit does not exceed 9 kg (20 lb).

(f) At the luminaire or lampholder end, the conduit(s) is threaded wrenchtight into the box, conduitbody, integral wiring enclosure, or identified hubs. Where a box or conduit body is used for support,the luminaire shall be secured directly to the box or conduit body, or through a threaded conduitnipple not over 75 mm (3 in.) long.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1577 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 52

(G) Enclosures in Concrete or Masonry.

An enclosure supported by embedment shall be identified as suitably protected from corrosion and securelyembedded in concrete or masonry.

(H) Pendant Boxes.

An enclosure supported by a pendant shall comply with 314.23(H) (1) or (H)(2).

(1) Flexible Cord.

A box shall be supported from a multiconductor cord or cable in an approved manner that protects theconductors against strain, such as a strain-relief connector threaded into a box with a hub.

(2) Conduit.

A box supporting lampholders or luminaires, or wiring enclosures within luminaires used in lieu of boxes inaccordance with 300.15(B) , shall be supported by rigid or intermediate metal conduit stems. For stemslonger than 450 mm (18 in.), the stems shall be connected to the wiring system with flexible fittings suitablefor the location. At the luminaire end, the conduit(s) shall be threaded wrenchtight into the box, wiringenclosure, or identified hubs.

Where supported by only a single conduit, the threaded joints shall be prevented from loosening by the useof set-screws or other effective means, or the luminaire, at any point, shall be at least 2.5 m (8 ft) abovegrade or standing area and at least 900 mm (3 ft) measured horizontally to the 2.5 m (8 ft) elevation fromwindows, doors, porches, fire escapes, or similar locations. A luminaire supported by a single conduit shallnot exceed 300 mm (12 in.) in any horizontal direction from the point of conduit entry.

314.24 Depth of Boxes.

Outlet and device boxes shall have an approved depth to allow equipment installed within them to bemounted properly and without likelihood of damage to conductors within the box.

(A) Outlet Boxes Without Enclosed Devices or Utilization Equipment.

Outlet boxes that do not enclose devices or utilization equipment shall have a minimum internal depth of 12.7mm ( 1⁄2 in.).

(B) Outlet and Device Boxes with Enclosed Devices or Utilization Equipment.

Outlet and device boxes that enclose devices or utilization equipment shall have a minimum internal depththat accommodates the rearward projection of the equipment and the size of the conductors that supply theequipment. The internal depth shall include, where used, that of any extension boxes, plaster rings, or raisedcovers. The internal depth shall comply with all applicable provisions of (B)(1) through (B)(5).

(1) Large Equipment.

Boxes that enclose devices or utilization equipment that projects more than 48 mm (1 7⁄8 in.) rearward fromthe mounting plane of the box shall have a depth that is not less than the depth of the equipment plus 6 mm (1⁄4 in.).

(2) Conductors Larger Than 4 AWG.

Boxes that enclose devices or utilization equipment supplied by conductors larger than 4 AWG shall beidentified for their specific function.

Exception to (2): Devices or utilization equipment supplied by conductors larger than 4 AWG shall be

permitted to be mounted on or in junction and pull boxes larger than 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) if the spacing atthe terminals meets the requirements of 312.6.

(3) Conductors 8, 6, or 4 AWG.

Boxes that enclose devices or utilization equipment supplied by 8, 6, or 4 AWG conductors shall have aninternal depth that is not less than 52.4 mm (2 1⁄16 in.).

(4) Conductors 12 or 10 AWG.

Boxes that enclose devices or utilization equipment supplied by 12 or 10 AWG conductors shall have aninternal depth that is not less than 30.2 mm (1 3⁄16 in.). Where the equipment projects rearward from themounting plane of the box by more than 25 mm (1 in.), the box shall have a depth not less than that of theequipment plus 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).

(5) Conductors 14 AWG and Smaller.

Boxes that enclose devices or utilization equipment supplied by 14 AWG or smaller conductors shall have adepth that is not less than 23.8 mm ( 15⁄16 in.).

Exception to (1) through (5): Devices or utilization equipment that is listed to be installed with specifiedboxes shall be permitted.

314.25 Covers and Canopies.

In completed installations, each box shall have a cover, faceplate, lampholder, or luminaire canopy, exceptwhere the installation complies with 410.24(B) . Screws used for the purpose of attaching covers, or otherequipment, to the box shall be either machine screws matching the thread gauge or size that is integral tothe box or shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

(A) Nonmetallic or Metal Covers and Plates.

Nonmetallic or metal covers and plates shall be permitted. Where metal covers or plates are used, they shallcomply with the grounding requirements of 250.110.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1578 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 53

Informational Note: For additional grounding requirements, see 410.42 for metal luminaire canopies,and 404.12 and 406.6(B) for metal faceplates.

(B) Exposed Combustible Wall or Ceiling Finish.

Where a luminaire canopy or pan is used, any combustible wall or ceiling finish exposed between the edge ofthe canopy or pan and the outlet box shall be covered with noncombustible material if required by 410.23.

(C) Flexible Cord Pendants.

Covers of outlet boxes and conduit bodies having holes through which flexible cord pendants pass shall beprovided with identified bushings or shall have smooth, well-rounded surfaces on which the cords may bear.So-called hard rubber or composition bushings shall not be used.

314.27 Outlet Boxes.

(A) Boxes at Luminaire or Lampholder Outlets.

Outlet boxes or fittings designed for the support of luminaires and lampholders, and installed as required by314.23, shall be permitted to support a luminaire or lampholder.

(1) Vertical Surface Outlets.

Boxes used at luminaire or lampholder outlets in or on a vertical surface shall be identified and marked on theinterior of the box to indicate the maximum weight of the luminaire that is permitted to be supported by thebox if other than 23 kg (50 lb).

Exception: A vertically mounted luminaire or lampholder weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall bepermitted to be supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided thatthe luminaire or its supporting yoke, or the lampholder, is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6or larger screws.

(2) Ceiling Outlets.

At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that a luminaire orlampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaire weighing a minimum of 23 kg(50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall be supported independently of the outlet box,unless the outlet box is listed and marked on the interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight the boxshall be permitted to support.

(B) Floor Boxes.

Boxes listed specifically for this application shall be used for receptacles located in the floor.

Exception: Where the authority having jurisdiction judges them free from likely exposure to physicaldamage, moisture, and dirt, boxes located in elevated floors of show windows and similar locations shallbe permitted to be other than those listed for floor applications. Receptacles and covers shall be listed asan assembly for this type of location.

(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan shall belisted, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet box systemsdesigned to support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the requiredmarking shall include the maximum weight to be supported.

Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceiling-mounted outlet box, in alocation acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in single-family, two-family, or multi-family dwellings,the outlet box or outlet box system shall be listed for sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan.

(D) Utilization Equipment.

Boxes used for the support of utilization equipment other than ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans shall meet therequirements of 314.27(A) for the support of a luminaire that is the same size and weight.

Exception: Utilization equipment weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall be permitted to be supported onother boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided the equipment or its supportingyoke is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6 or larger screws.

314.28 Pull and Junction Boxes and Conduit Bodies.

Boxes and conduit bodies used as pull or junction boxes shall comply with 314.28(A) through (E).

Exception: Terminal housings supplied with motors shall comply with the provisions of 430.12.

(A) Minimum Size.

For raceways containing conductors of 4 AWG or larger that are required to be insulated, and for cablescontaining conductors of 4 AWG or larger, the minimum dimensions of pull or junction boxes installed in araceway or cable run shall comply with (A)(1) through (A)(3). Where an enclosure dimension is to becalculated based on the diameter of entering raceways, the diameter shall be the metric designator (tradesize) expressed in the units of measurement employed.

(1) Straight Pulls.

In straight pulls, the length of the box or conduit body shall not be less than eight times the metric designator(trade size) of the largest raceway.

(2) Angle or U Pulls, or Splices.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1579 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 54

Where splices or where angle or U pulls are made, the distance between each raceway entry inside the boxor conduit body and the opposite wall of the box or conduit body shall not be less than six times the metricdesignator (trade size) of the largest raceway in a row. This distance shall be increased for additional entriesby the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall ofthe box. Each row shall be calculated individually, and the single row that provides the maximum distanceshall be used.

Exception: Where a raceway or cable entry is in the wall of a box or conduit body opposite a removablecover, the distance from that wall to the cover shall be permitted to comply with the distance required forone wire per terminal in Table 312.6(A) .

The distance between raceway entries enclosing the same conductor shall not be less than six times themetric designator (trade size) of the larger raceway.

When transposing cable size into raceway size in 314.28(A) (1) and (A)(2), the minimum metric designator(trade size) raceway required for the number and size of conductors in the cable shall be used.

(3) Smaller Dimensions.

Listed boxes or listed conduit bodies of dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A) (1) and (A)(2) shallbe permitted for installations of combinations of conductors that are less than the maximum conduit or tubingfill (of conduits or tubing being used) permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9.

Listed conduit bodies of dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A)(2), and having a radius of thecurve to the centerline not less than that indicated in Table 2 of Chapter 9 for one-shot and full-shoe benders,shall be permitted for installations of combinations of conductors permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9. Theseconduit bodies shall be marked to show they have been specifically evaluated in accordance with thisprovision.

Where the permitted combinations of conductors for which the box or conduit body has been listed are lessthan the maximum conduit or tubing fill permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9, the box or conduit body shall bepermanently marked with the maximum number and maximum size of conductors permitted.

(B) Conductors in Pull or Junction Boxes.

In pull boxes or junction boxes having any dimension over 1.8 m (6 ft), all conductors shall be cabled orracked up in an approved manner.

(C) Covers.

All pull boxes, junction boxes, and conduit bodies shall be provided with covers compatible with the box orconduit body construction and suitable for the conditions of use. Where used, metal covers shall comply withthe grounding requirements of 250.110.

(D) Permanent Barriers.

Where permanent barriers are installed in a box, each section shall be considered as a separate box.

(E) Power Distribution Blocks.

Power distribution blocks shall be permitted in pull and junction boxes over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) forconnections of conductors where installed in boxes and where the installation complies with (1) through (5).

Exception: Equipment grounding terminal bars shall be permitted in smaller enclosures.

(1) Installation.

Power distribution blocks installed in boxes shall be listed.

(2) Size.

In addition to the overall size requirement in the first sentence of 314.28(A) (2), the power distribution blockshall be installed in a box with dimensions not smaller than specified in the installation instructions of thepower distribution block.

(3) Wire Bending Space.

Wire bending space at the terminals of power distribution blocks shall comply with 312.6.

(4) Live Parts.

Power distribution blocks shall not have uninsulated live parts exposed within a box, whether or not the boxcover is installed.

(5) Through Conductors.

Where the pull or junction boxes are used for conductors that do not terminate on the power distributionblock(s), the through conductors shall be arranged so the power distribution block terminals are unobstructedfollowing installation.

314.29 Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Handhole Enclosures to Be Accessible.

Boxes, conduit bodies, and handhole enclosures shall be installed so that the wiring contained in them can berendered accessible without removing any part of the building or structure or, in underground circuits, withoutexcavating sidewalks, paving, earth, or other substance that is to be used to establish the finished grade.

Exception: Listed boxes and handhole enclosures shall be permitted where covered by gravel, lightaggregate, or noncohesive granulated soil if their location is effectively identified and accessible forexcavation.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1580 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 55

314.30 Handhole Enclosures.

Handhole enclosures shall be designed and installed to withstand all loads likely to be imposed on them.They shall be identified for use in underground systems.

Informational Note: See ANSI/SCTE 77-2002, Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity, foradditional information on deliberate and nondeliberate traffic loading that can be expected to bear onunderground enclosures.

(A) Size.

Handhole enclosures shall be sized in accordance with 314.28(A) for conductors operating at 1000 volts orbelow, and in accordance with 314.71 for conductors operating at over 1000 volts. For handhole enclosureswithout bottoms where the provisions of 314.28(A) (2), Exception, or 314.71(B) (1), Exception No. 1, apply,the measurement to the removable cover shall be taken from the end of the conduit or cable assembly.

(B) Wiring Entries.

Underground raceways and cable assemblies entering a handhole enclosure shall extend into the enclosure,but they shall not be required to be mechanically connected to the enclosure.

(C) Enclosed Wiring.

All enclosed conductors and any splices or terminations, if present, shall be listed as suitable for wetlocations.

(D) Covers.

Handhole enclosure covers shall have an identifying mark or logo that prominently identifies the function ofthe enclosure, such as “electric.” Handhole enclosure covers shall require the use of tools to open, or theyshall weigh over 45 kg (100 lb). Metal covers and other exposed conductive surfaces shall be bonded inaccordance with 250.92 if the conductors in the handhole are service conductors, or in accordance with250.96(A) if the conductors in the handhole are feeder or branch-circuit conductors.

Part III. Construction Specifications

314.40 Metal Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Fittings.

(A) Corrosion Resistant.

Metal boxes, conduit bodies, and fittings shall be corrosion resistant or shall be well-galvanized, enameled,or otherwise properly coated inside and out to prevent corrosion.

Informational Note: See 300.6 for limitation in the use of boxes and fittings protected from corrosionsolely by enamel.

(B) Thickness of Metal.

Sheet steel boxes not over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) in size shall be made from steel not less than 1.59 mm(0.0625 in.) thick. The wall of a malleable iron box or conduit body and a die-cast or permanent-mold castaluminum, brass, bronze, or zinc box or conduit body shall not be less than 2.38 mm ( 3⁄32 in.) thick. Othercast metal boxes or conduit bodies shall have a wall thickness not less than 3.17 mm ( 1⁄8 in.).

Exception No. 1: Listed boxes and conduit bodies shown to have equivalent strength and characteristicsshall be permitted to be made of thinner or other metals.

Exception No. 2: The walls of listed short radius conduit bodies, as covered in 314.16(C) (2), shall bepermitted to be made of thinner metal.

(C) Metal Boxes Over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3).

Metal boxes over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) in size shall be constructed so as to be of ample strength and rigidity.If of sheet steel, the metal thickness shall not be less than 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) uncoated.

(D) Grounding Provisions.

A means shall be provided in each metal box for the connection of an equipment grounding conductor. Themeans shall be permitted to be a tapped hole or equivalent.

314.41 Covers.

Metal covers shall be of the same material as the box or conduit body with which they are used, or they shallbe lined with firmly attached insulating material that is not less than 0.79 mm ( 1⁄32 in.) thick, or they shall belisted for the purpose. Metal covers shall be the same thickness as the boxes or conduit body for which theyare used, or they shall be listed for the purpose. Covers of porcelain or other approved insulating materialsshall be permitted if of such form and thickness as to afford the required protection and strength.

314.42 Bushings.

Covers of outlet boxes and conduit bodies having holes through which flexible cord pendants may pass shallbe provided with approved bushings or shall have smooth, well-rounded surfaces on which the cord maybear. Where individual conductors pass through a metal cover, a separate hole equipped with a bushing ofsuitable insulating material shall be provided for each conductor. Such separate holes shall be connected bya slot as required by 300.20.

314.43 Nonmetallic Boxes.

Provisions for supports or other mounting means for nonmetallic boxes shall be outside of the box, or the boxshall be constructed so as to prevent contact between the conductors in the box and the supporting screws.

314.44 Marking.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1581 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 56

All boxes and conduit bodies, covers, extension rings, plaster rings, and the like shall be durably and legiblymarked with the manufacturer’s name or trademark.

Part IV. Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Handhole Enclosures for Use on Systems over 1000Volts, Nominal

314.70 General.

(A) Pull and Junction Boxes.

Where pull and junction boxes are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with theprovisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.2; 314.3; and 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.20; 314.23(A) , (B), or (G); 314.28(B) ; and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) and (C); and 314.41

(B) Conduit Bodies.

Where conduit bodies are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with the provisionsof Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(A) , (E), or (G); and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) ; and 314.41

(C) Handhole Enclosures.

Where handhole enclosures are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with theprovisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.3; and 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(G) ; 314.28(B) ; 314.29; and 314.30

314.71 Size of Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Handhole Enclosures.

Pull and junction boxes and handhole enclosures shall provide approved space and dimensions for theinstallation of conductors, and they shall comply with the specific requirements of this section. Conduitbodies shall be permitted if they meet the dimensional requirements for boxes.

Exception: Terminal housings supplied with motors shall comply with the provisions of 430.12.

(A) For Straight Pulls.

The length of the box shall not be less than 48 times the outside diameter, over sheath, of the largestshielded or lead-covered conductor or cable entering the box. The length shall not be less than 32 times theoutside diameter of the largest nonshielded conductor or cable.

(B) For Angle or U Pulls.

(1) Distance to Opposite Wall.

The distance between each cable or conductor entry inside the box and the opposite wall of the box shall notbe less than 36 times the outside diameter, over sheath, of the largest cable or conductor. This distanceshall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the outside diameters, over sheath, ofall other cables or conductor entries through the same wall of the box.

Exception No. 1: Where a conductor or cable entry is in the wall of a box opposite a removable cover, thedistance from that wall to the cover shall be permitted to be not less than the bending radius for theconductors as provided in 300.34.

Exception No. 2: Where cables are nonshielded and not lead covered, the distance of 36 times theoutside diameter shall be permitted to be reduced to 24 times the outside diameter.

(2) Distance Between Entry and Exit.

The distance between a cable or conductor entry and its exit from the box shall not be less than 36 times theoutside diameter, over sheath, of that cable or conductor.

Exception: Where cables are nonshielded and not lead covered, the distance of 36 times the outsidediameter shall be permitted to be reduced to 24 times the outside diameter.

(C) Removable Sides.

One or more sides of any pull box shall be removable.

314.72 Construction and Installation Requirements.

(A) Corrosion Protection.

Boxes shall be made of material inherently resistant to corrosion or shall be suitably protected, bothinternally and externally, by enameling, galvanizing, plating, or other means.

(B) Passing Through Partitions.

Suitable bushings, shields, or fittings having smooth, rounded edges shall be provided where conductors orcables pass through partitions and at other locations where necessary.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1582 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 57

(C) Complete Enclosure.

Boxes shall provide a complete enclosure for the contained conductors or cables.

(D) Wiring Is Accessible.

Boxes and conduit bodies shall be installed so that the conductors are accessible without removing any fixedpart of the building or structure. Working space shall be provided in accordance with 110.34.

(E) Suitable Covers.

Boxes shall be closed by suitable covers securely fastened in place. Underground box covers that weighover 45 kg (100 lb) shall be considered meeting this requirement. Covers for boxes shall be permanentlymarked “DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT.” The marking shall be on the outside of the box coverand shall be readily visible. Letters shall be block type and at least 13 mm ( 1⁄2 in.) in height.

(F) Suitable for Expected Handling.

Boxes and their covers shall be capable of withstanding the handling to which they are likely to be subjected.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Add "enclosures" to title. See definitions. See section 110.28, See section 314.23.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joel Rencsok

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 14:45:44 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1583 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 58

Public Input No. 1241-NFPA 70-2014 [ Part IV. ]

Part IV. Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies, Enclosures and Handhole Enclosures for Use onSystems over 1000 Volts, Nominal

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Enclosure is within this requirement and must have been over looked. See 314.23 and 110.28.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joel Rencsok

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 14:52:07 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

5521 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 59

Public Input No. 3123-NFPA 70-2014 [ Part IV. ]

Part IV. Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Handhole Enclosures for Use on Systems over 10002000 Volts, Nominal

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:29:06 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

5525 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 60

Public Input No. 4547-NFPA 70-2014 [ Part IV. ]

Part IV. Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies, Enclosures and Handhole Enclosures for Use onSystems over 1000 Volts, Nominal

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Enclosure is within this requirement and must have been over looked.See 314 .23See 110.28

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ROCCO DELUCA

Organization: City of Phoenix AZ

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 09:53:04 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

5529 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 61

Public Input No. 3407-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.1 ]

314.1 Scope.

This article covers the installation and use of all boxes and conduit bodies used as outlet, device, junction, orpull boxes, depending on their use, and handhole enclosures. Cast, sheet metal, nonmetallic, and otherboxes such as FS, FD, and larger boxes are not classified as conduit bodies. This article also includesinstallation requirements for fittings used to join raceways and to connect raceways and cables to boxes andconduit bodies. bodiessystems greater than 1000V nominal Parts I, II, and III are for less tthan orequal to 1000v nominal and part IV is for systems greater than 1000V nominal

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

need to be consistant with section 200's.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES CAIN

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 02:37:17 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1584 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 62

Public Input No. 2727-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.15 ]

314.15 Damp or Wet Locations.

In damp or wet locations, boxes, conduit bodies, outlet box hoods, and fittings shall be placed or equippedso as to prevent moisture from entering or accumulating within the box, conduit body, or fitting. Boxes,conduit bodies, outlet box hoods, and fittings installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.

Approved drainage openings not smaller than 3 mm ( 1 / 8 in.) and not larger than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.) indiameter shall be permitted to be installed in the field in boxes or conduit bodies provided the boxes orconduit bodies are listed for use in damp or wet locations and, unless so directed in manufacturer'sinstructions, are not additionally rated for outdoor use as Enclosure Type 3, 3X, 3S, 3SX, 4, 4X, 6, or 6P.For installation of listed drain fittings, larger openings are permitted to be installed in the field in accordancewith manufacturer’s instructions.

Informational Note No. 1: For boxes in floors, see 314.27(B) .

Informational Note No. 2: For protection against corrosion, see 300.6.

Informational Note No. 3: For Enclosure Types and selection, see 110.28 and Table 110.28.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Some boxes and conduit bodies that are listed for Wet Locations are permitted (per 12.22 of trinational standard NMX-J-023/1-ANCE • CSA-C22.2 NO. 18.1-13 • UL 514A, per 92.1.15 of standard UL 514C, per 7.2.1 of trinational standard NMX-J-017-ANCE • CSA-C22.2 NO. 18.3-12 • UL 514B) to be additionally rated for Enclosure Type ratings specified in trinational standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94.2-07, UL 50E, or NMX-J-235/2-ANCE-2007.

Trinational standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94.2-07, UL 50E, or NMX-J-235/2-ANCE-2007 and NEMA Standard 250 limit field-applied drainage openings to Enclosure Types 2 (not outdoors), 3R, and 3RX. Therefore, acceptance of Proposal 9-35 and Comment 9-29 in the last Code cycle erred in not accounting for boxes so limited by the manufacturers' designs and the certifiers' listings in field-applied drainage openings.

Furthermore, trinational standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94.2-07, UL 50E, or NMX-J-235/2-ANCE-2007 and NEMA Standard 250 limit the SIZE of such field-applied drainage openings to NOT SMALLER than 3.2 mm ( 1/8 in.) and not larger than 6.4 mm ( 1⁄4 in.) in DIAMETER. The minimum hole size is to mitigate drainage holes from being blocked. The present specification in 314.15 could conceivably be a square opening, resulting in an opening of 21.5% larger area than the round hole in these long-established standards. While this is not a major difference, it would conflict with manufacturers' instructions included in their listings and conflict with NEC® 110.3(B).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Brian Rock

Organization: Hubbell Incorporated

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 28 15:05:56 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1585 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 63

Public Input No. 3408-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 314.16(A), 314.16(B) ]

Sections 314.16(A), 314.16(B)

(A) Box Volume Calculations.

The volume of a wiring enclosure (box) shall be the total volume of the assembled sections and, where used,the space provided by plaster rings, domed covers, extension rings, and so forth, that are marked with theirvolume or are made from boxes the dimensions of which are listed in Table 314.16(A) .

(1) Standard Boxes.

The volumes of standard boxes that are not marked with their volume shall be as given in Table 314.16(A) .

(2) Other Boxes.

Boxes 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) or less, other than those described in Table 314.16(A) , and nonmetallic boxesshall be durably and legibly marked by the manufacturer with their volume. Boxes described in Table314.16(A) that have a volume larger than is designated in the table shall be permitted to have their volumemarked as required by this section.

Table 314.16(A) Metal Boxes

Box Trade SizeMinimumVolume

Maximum Number of Conductors*

(arranged by AWG size)

mm in. cm3 in.3 18 /17 16 /15 14 /13 12 /11 10 /9 8 /76

100×32

(4 ×1

1 ⁄ 4)

round/octagonal 205 12.58 /7 7 /6 6 /5 5 /4 5 /4 5 /4

2 /-

100×38

(4 ×1

1 ⁄ 2)

round/octagonal 254 15.510 /9 8 /7 7 /6 6 /5 6 /5 5 /4

3 /2

100 ×54

(4 × 21⁄8 )

round/octagonal 353 21.5 14 12 10 9 8 7 4

100 ×32

(4× 11⁄4 )

square 295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

100 ×38

(4 × 11⁄2 )

square 344 21.0 14 12 10 9 8 7 4

100 ×54

(4 × 21⁄8 )

square 497 30.3 20 17 15 13 12 10 6

120 ×32

(4 11⁄16

× 1 1⁄4 )square 418 25.5 17 14 12 11 10 8 5

120 ×38

(4 11⁄16

× 1 1⁄2 )square 484 29.5 19 16 14 13 11 9 5

120 ×54

(4 11⁄16

× 2 1⁄8 )square 689 42.0 28 24 21 18 16 14 8

75 ×50 ×38

(3 × 2× 1 1⁄2 )

device 123 7.5 5 4 3 3 3 2 1

75 ×50 ×50

(3 × 2× 2)

device 164 10.0 6 5 5 4 4 3 2

75×50 ×57

(3× 2 ×2 1⁄4 )

device 172 10.5 7 6 5 4 4 3 2

75 ×50 ×65

(3 × 2× 2 1⁄2 )

device 205 12.5 8 7 6 5 5 4 2

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1588 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 64

Box Trade SizeMinimumVolume

Maximum Number of Conductors*

(arranged by AWG size)

mm in. cm3 in.3 18 /17 16 /15 14 /13 12 /11 10 /9 8 /76

75 ×50 ×70

(3 × 2× 2 3⁄4 )

device 230 14.0 9 8 7 6 5 4 2

75 ×50 ×90

(3 × 2× 3 1⁄2 )

device 295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

100 ×54 ×38

(4 × 21⁄8 × 1

1⁄2 )device 169 10.3 6 5 5 4 4 3 2

100 ×54 ×48

(4 × 21⁄8 × 1

7⁄8 )device 213 13.0 8 7 6 5 5 4 2

100 ×54 ×54

(4 × 21⁄8 × 2

1⁄8 )device 238 14.5 9 8 7 6 5 4 2

95 ×50 ×65

(3 3⁄4 ×2 × 2

1⁄2 )masonry box/gang 230 14.0 9 8 7 6 5 4 2

95 ×50 ×90

(3 3⁄4 ×2 × 3

1⁄2 )masonry box/gang 344 21.0 14 12 10 9 8 7 4

min.44.5depth

FS — single cover/gang (13⁄4 )

221 13.5 9 7 6 6 5 4 2

min.60.3depth

FD — single cover/gang (23⁄8 )

295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

min.44.5depth

FS — multiple cover/gang(1 3⁄4 )

295 18.0 12 10 9 8 7 6 3

min.60.3depth

FD — multiple cover/gang(2 3⁄8 )

395 24.0 16 13 12 10 9 8 4

*Where no volume allowances are required by 314.16(B)(2) through (B)(5).

(B) Box Fill Calculations.

The volumes in paragraphs 314.16(B) (1) through (B)(5), as applicable, shall be added together. Noallowance shall be required for small fittings such as locknuts and bushings.

(1) Conductor Fill.

Each conductor that originates outside the box and terminates or is spliced within the box shall be countedonce, and each conductor that passes through the box without splice or termination shall be counted once.Each loop or coil of unbroken conductor not less than twice the minimum length required for free conductorsin 300.14 shall be counted twice. The conductor fill shall be calculated using Table 314.16(B) . A conductor,no part of which leaves the box, shall not be counted.

Exception: An equipment grounding conductor or conductors or not over four fixture wires smaller than14 AWG, or both, shall be permitted to be omitted from the calculations where they enter a box from adomed luminaire or similar canopy and terminate within that box.

(2) Clamp Fill.

Where one or more internal cable clamps, whether factory or field supplied, are present in the box, a singlevolume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made based on the largest conductor presentin the box. No allowance shall be required for a cable connector with its clamping mechanism outside thebox.

A clamp assembly that incorporates a cable termination for the cable conductors shall be listed and markedfor use with specific nonmetallic boxes. Conductors that originate within the clamp assembly shall be includedin conductor fill calculations covered in 314.16(B)(1) as though they entered from outside the box. The clampassembly shall not require a fill allowance, but the volume of the portion of the assembly that remains within

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1589 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 65

the box after installation shall be excluded from the box volume as marked in 314.16(A) (2).

(3) Support Fittings Fill.

Where one or more luminaire studs or hickeys are present in the box, a single volume allowance inaccordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made for each type of fitting based on the largest conductorpresent in the box.

(4) Device or Equipment Fill.

For each yoke or strap containing one or more devices or equipment, a double volume allowance inaccordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made for each yoke or strap based on the largest conductorconnected to a device(s) or equipment supported by that yoke or strap. A device or utilization equipmentwider than a single 50 mm (2 in.) device box as described in Table 314.16(A) shall have double volumeallowances provided for each gang required for mounting.

Table 314.16(B) Volume Allowance Required per Conductor

Size of Conductor (AWG)Free Space Within Box for Each Conductor

cm3 in.3

18 /17 24.6 1.50

16 /15 28.7 1.75

14 /13 32.8 2.00

12 /11 36.9 2.25

10 /9 41.0 2.50

8 /7 49.2 3.00

6 81.9 5.00

(5) Equipment Grounding Conductor Fill.

Where one or more equipment grounding conductors or equipment bonding jumpers enter a box, a singlevolume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made based on the largest equipmentgrounding conductor or equipment bonding jumper present in the box. Where an additional set of equipmentgrounding conductors, as permitted by 250.146(D) , is present in the box, an additional volume allowanceshall be made based on the largest equipment grounding conductor in the additional set.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

18_9_al_amp_tables.xlsx small wire ampacities

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

alunimum usually uses one wire size larger than copper to get the same ampacity values. Attached is a spread sheet used for other section comments. We need smaller wires for 1000v systems and need these tables modified with chapter 9 annex c for fill calculations.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES CAIN

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 02:42:50 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1590 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 66

Planned CODE Allowed

CopperStranded AWG

AluminumSolid <11AWG mm2 Area

tested maximum Ampacitiesat 90° C

Amps at 60° C

Amps at 75° C

Amps at 90° C

18 0.823 14 6 7 717 1.04 14 6 7 7

16 1.31 18 8 10 1015 1.65 18 8 10 10

14 2.08 25 15 20 2513 2.62 22 15 20 20

12 3.31 30 20 25 3011 4.17 28 20 25 25

10 5.26 40 30 35 409 6.63 38 25 30 35

8 8.37 55 40 50 557 10.5 54 40 45 50

1000V 3 conductor Ampacity Table Comparisons at 30° C

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 67

Public Input No. 2449-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.16(B)(1) ]

(1) Conductor Fill.

Each conductor that originates outside the box and terminates or is spliced within the box shall be countedonce, and each conductor that passes through the box without splice or termination shall be counted once.Each loop or coil of unbroken conductor not less than twice the minimum length required for free conductorsin 300.14 shall be counted twice. The conductor fill shall be calculated using Table 314.16(B) . A conductor,no part of which leaves the box, shall not be counted.

Exception: An equipment grounding bonding conductor or conductors or not over four fixture wiressmaller than 14 AWG, or both, shall be permitted to be omitted from the calculations where they enter abox from a domed luminaire or similar canopy and terminate within that box.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 15:25:36 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1591 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 68

Public Input No. 1629-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.16(B)(4) ]

(4) Device or Equipment Fill. Oversize devices such as GFCI receptacles and dimmer switches shouldbe calculated as two devces.

For each yoke or strap containing one or more devices or equipment, a double volume allowance inaccordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made for each yoke or strap based on the largest conductorconnected to a device(s) or equipment supported by that yoke or strap. A device or utilization equipmentwider than a single 50 mm (2 in.) device box as described in Table 314.16(A) shall have double volumeallowances provided for each gang required for mounting.

Table 314.16(B) Volume Allowance Required per Conductor

Size of Conductor (AWG)Free Space Within Box for Each Conductor

cm 3 in. 3

18 24.6 1.50

16 28.7 1.75

14 32.8 2.00

12 36.9 2.25

10 41.0 2.50

8 49.2 3.00

6 81.9 5.00

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

As a union electrician for 28 years and electrical inspector for 5 years this is one of the most abused issues of electrical installations. With dimmers there is also the issue of added heat being created in the box.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: David Rutti

Organization:

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 06 20:23:06 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1592 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 69

Public Input No. 2451-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.16(B)(5) ]

(5) Equipment Grounding Conductor Fill.

Where one or more equipment grounding bonding conductors or equipment bonding jumpers enter a box, asingle volume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made based on the largest equipmentgrounding bonding conductor or equipment bonding jumper present in the box. Where an additional set ofequipment grounding bonding conductors, as permitted by 250.146(D) , is present in the box, an additionalvolume allowance shall be made based on the largest equipment grounding bonding conductor in theadditional set.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 15:27:49 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1593 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 70

Public Input No. 1717-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.17(B) ]

(B) Metal Boxes and Conduit Bodies.

Where metal boxes or conduit bodies are installed with messenger-supported wiring, open wiring oninsulators, or concealed knob-and-tube wiring, conductors shall enter through insulating bushings or, in drylocations, through flexible tubing extending from the last insulating support to not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.)inside the box and beyond any cable clamps. Except as provided in 300.15(C) , the wiring shall be firmlysecured to the box or conduit body. Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable or multiconductor Type UF cable is

used, the sheath shall extend not less than 6 mm ( 1 ⁄ 4 in.) inside the box and beyond any cable clamp.Where raceway or cable is installed with metal boxes or conduit bodies, the raceway or cable shall besecured to such boxes and conduit bodies.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The sheath should extend into the box and beyond the clamp in order to protect the insulated conductors. This requirement is the same as the existing requirement for nonmetallic boxes.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Christel Hunter

Organization: General Cable

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Oct 08 14:57:01 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1595 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 71

Public Input No. 1329-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.17(B) ]

(B) Metal Boxes and Conduit Bodies.

Where metal boxes or conduit bodies are installed with messenger-supported wiring, open wiring oninsulators, or concealed knob-and-tube wiring, conductors shall enter through insulating bushings or, in drylocations, through flexible tubing extending from the last insulating support to not less than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.)inside the box and beyond any cable clamps. Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable or multiconductor Type UFcable is used, the sheath shall extend not less than 6 mm (¼ in.) inside the box and beyond any cableclamp. Except as provided in 300.15(C) , the wiring shall be firmly secured to the box or conduit body.Where raceway or cable is installed with metal boxes or conduit bodies, the raceway or cable shall besecured to such boxes and conduit bodies.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The same protection for conductors is needed when cables enter a metal box as it is for cables entering nonmetallic boxes, as addressed in 314.17(C).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: VINCE BACLAWSKI

Organization: NEMA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Sep 19 12:24:22 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1594 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 72

Public Input No. 3462-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.19 ]

314.19 Boxes Enclosing Flush Devices.

Boxes used to enclose flush devices shall be of such design that the devices will be completely enclosed onback and sides and substantial support for the devices will be provided. Screws for supporting the box shallnot be used in attachment of the device contained therein devices .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

NEC_StyleManual_2011.pdf: 3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic. The following are examples of old-fashioned expressions and word uses that shall not be permitted:"therein"

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMS

Organization: none

Affilliation: Retired Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 09:13:53 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1596 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 73

Public Input No. 700-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.20 ]

314.20 In Wall Vertical Surface or Ceiling.

In vertical services (such as walls) or ceilings with a surface of concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, or othernoncombustible material, boxes employing a flush-type cover or faceplate shall be installed so that the frontedge of the box, plaster ring, extension ring, or listed extender will not be set back of the finished surfacemore than 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.).

In vertical services (such as walls) and ceilings constructed of wood or other combustible surface material,boxes, plaster rings, extension rings, or listed extenders shall be flush with the finished surface or projecttherefrom.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The precedence for this changes was set in the 2014 NEC revisions at 314.27(A)(1). Outlet boxes used to support receptacles or switches (with flush-type covers or faceplates) are often mounted on walls as in vertical surfaces that are not defined as a wall. This current language at 314.20 only addressed boxes mounted in a wall or ceiling. An example of this type of vertical surface-mounted box would be a receptacle or switch mounted on the side of a square post in the middle of a large room or area. This type of post or pole would not be considered a “wall,” but rather a “vertical surface.” No previous or current Code language would or should prevent a flush-mounted box from being mounted on this type of vertical surface.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: L. Keith Lofland

Organization: International Association of Electrical Inspectors (IAEI)

Affilliation: None

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Jun 13 17:07:17 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4522 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 74

Public Input No. 2453-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.22 ]

314.22 Surface Extensions.

Surface extensions shall be made by mounting and mechanically securing an extension ring over the box.Equipment grounding bonding shall be in accordance with Part VI of Article 250.

Exception: A surface extension shall be permitted to be made from the cover of a box where the cover isdesigned so it is unlikely to fall off or be removed if its securing means becomes loose. The wiringmethod shall be flexible for an approved length that permits removal of the cover and provides access tothe box interior and shall be arranged so that any grounding bonding continuity is independent of theconnection between the box and cover.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 15:31:19 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1597 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 75

Public Input No. 728-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.23(B)(1) ]

(1) Nails and Screws.

Nails and screws, where used as a fastening means, shall be attached by using brackets on the outside ofthe enclosure, or through holes, provided by the enclosure manufacturer, in the back or a single side of theenclosure, or they shall pass through the interior within 6 mm ( 1⁄4 in.) of the back or ends of the enclosure.Screws shall not be permitted to pass through the box unless exposed threads in the box are protected usingapproved means to avoid abrasion of conductor insulation.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The current wording is often interpreted as prohibiting the fastener from being installed through a single side wall. It appears that the intent of the current rule is to limit the location of a fastener that passes through both sidewalls and the interior of the enclosure. Acceptance of this public input would make the intent of the section clear.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: DON GANIERE

Organization: none

Affilliation: none

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Jun 29 14:48:37 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4523 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 76

Public Input No. 1140-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 314.25(C) ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT 314.26 Coarse Thread Scews

Type your content here ...

Coarse thread screw(s) shall not enter electrical enclosures.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Whether coarse thread screws are added before conductors, busbars, electric components, etc. are installed or added to an existing installation; they are a recipe for disaster. Coarse thread self tapper screws are very convenient and are used this way. I believe this should be a violation. The closest I see the NEC to addressing this is 314.23(B)(1). The way the new entry is worded allows coarse thread screws to exit enclosures. For instance, an electrical component could be installed in an electrical enclosure with coarse thread self tapper screws zipped from the inside to the outside of the enclosure.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Norman Feck

Organization: State of Colorado

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Aug 27 10:12:18 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1598 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 77

Public Input No. 393-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27 ]

314.27 Outlet Boxes.

(A) Boxes at Luminaire or Lampholder Outlets.

Outlet boxes or fittings designed for the support of luminaires and lampholders, and installed as required by314.23, shall be permitted to support a luminaire or lampholder.

(1) Vertical Surface Outlets.

Boxes used at luminaire or lampholder outlets in or on a vertical surface shall be identified and marked onthe interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight of the luminaire that is permitted to be supported bythe box if other than 23 kg (50 lb).

Exception: A vertically mounted luminaire or lampholder weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall bepermitted to be supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided thatthe luminaire or its supporting yoke, or the lampholder, is secured to the box with no fewer than two No.6 or larger screws.

(2) Ceiling Outlets.

At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that a luminaire orlampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaire weighing a minimum of 23 kg(50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall be supported independently of the outlet box,unless the outlet box is listed and marked on the interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight the boxshall be permitted to support.

(B) Floor Boxes.

Boxes listed specifically for this application shall be used for receptacles located in the floor.

Exception: Where the authority having jurisdiction judges them free from likely exposure to physicaldamage, moisture, and dirt, boxes located in elevated floors of show windows and similar locationsshall be permitted to be other than those listed for floor applications. Receptacles and covers shall belisted as an assembly for this type of location.

(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan shall belisted, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet box systemsdesigned to support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the requiredmarking shall include the maximum weight to be supported.

Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceiling-mounted outlet box, ina location acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in single-family, two-family, or multi-familydwellings, the outlet box or outlet box system shall be listed for sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle)fan.

(D) Utilization Equipment.

Boxes used for the support of utilization equipment other than ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans shall meetthe requirements of 314.27(A) for the support of a luminaire that is the same size and weight.

Exception: Utilization equipment weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall be permitted to be supportedon other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided the equipment or its supportingyoke is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6 or larger screws.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

In response to the rejected 2014 NEC (9-60), as stated, the substantiation is "This proposal adds a new Exception No. 2 to clarify that boxes used in the ceiling for luminaires weighing 23 kg (50 lb) or less shall be permitted to be used in the wall for luminaire support."

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: RACHEL GUENTHER

Organization: THOMAS AND BETTS

Street Address:

City:

State:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4524 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 78

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Mar 11 11:09:58 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4525 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 79

Public Input No. 4665-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27 ]

314.27 Outlet Boxes.

(A) Boxes at Luminaire or Lampholder Outlets.

Outlet boxes or fittings fittings and outlet boxes containing locking support and mounting receptacle used incombination with compatible attachment fitting designed for the support of luminaires and lampholders, andinstalled as required by 314.23, shall be permitted to support a luminaire or lampholder.

(1) Vertical Surface Outlets.

Boxes used at luminaire or lampholder outlets in or on a vertical surface shall be identified and marked on theinterior of the box to indicate the maximum weight of the luminaire that is permitted to be supported by thebox if other than 23 kg (50 lb).

Exception: A vertically mounted luminaire or lampholder weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall bepermitted to be supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided thatthe luminaire or its supporting yoke, or the lampholder, is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6or larger screws.

(2) Ceiling Outlets.

At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that a luminaire orlampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaire weighing a minimum of 23 kg(50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall be supported independently of the outlet box,unless the outlet box is listed and marked on the interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight the boxshall be permitted to support.

(B) Floor Boxes.

Boxes listed specifically for this application shall be used for receptacles located in the floor.

Exception: Where the authority having jurisdiction judges them free from likely exposure to physicaldamage, moisture, and dirt, boxes located in elevated floors of show windows and similar locations shallbe permitted to be other than those listed for floor applications. Receptacles and covers shall be listed asan assembly for this type of location.

(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan shall belisted, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet box systemsdesigned to support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the requiredmarking shall include the maximum weight to be supported.

Outlet boxes containing listed locking support and mounting receptacle used in combination with compatiblerecognized attachment fitting designed for the support of ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans, and installed asrequired by 314.23, shall be permitted to support ceiling suspended (paddle) fans.

Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceiling-mounted outlet box, in alocation acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in single-family, two-family, or multi-family dwellings,the outlet box or outlet box system shall be listed for sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan.

(D) Utilization Equipment.

Boxes used for the support of utilization equipment other than ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans shall meet therequirements of 314.27(A) for the support of a luminaire that is the same size and weight.

Exception: Utilization equipment weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall be permitted to be supported onother boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided the equipment or its supportingyoke is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6 or larger screws.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Grp3PI_1.pdf This for the SUSTANTIATION.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

*** NFPA Staff Note: Substantial provided in uploaded file. ***

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1601 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 80

Public Input No. 4667-NFPA 70-2014 [New Definition after Definition: Askarel.]

Public Input No. 4675-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 430.109(F)]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: MICHAEL FONTAINE

Organization: National Electrical Safety Group

Affilliation: Safety Quick Lighting and Fans Corp.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 13:35:00 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1602 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 81

Public Input No. 4443-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27 ]

314.27 Outlet Boxes. (A) Boxes at Luminaire or Lampholder Outlets.Outlet boxes or fittings and outlet boxes containing locking support and mounting receptacleused in combination with compatible attachment fitting designed for the support of luminairesand lampholders, and installed as required by 314.23, shall be permitted to support aluminaire or lampholder. (1) Vertical Surface Outlets.Boxes used at luminaire or lampholder outlets in or on a vertical surface shall be identified andmarked on the interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight of the luminaire that ispermitted to be supported by the box if other than 23 kg (50 lb).Exception: A vertically mounted luminaire or lampholder weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb)shall be permitted to be supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to otherboxes, provided that the luminaire or its supporting yoke, or the lampholder, is secured tothe box with no fewer than two No. 6 or larger screws. (2) Ceiling Outlets.At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that aluminaire or lampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaireweighing a minimum of 23 kg (50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall besupported independently of the outlet box, unless the outlet box is listed and marked on theinterior of the box to indicate the maximum weight the box shall be permitted to support. (B) Floor Boxes.Boxes listed specifically for this application shall be used for receptacles located in the floor.Exception: Where the authority having jurisdiction judges them free from likely exposure tophysical damage, moisture, and dirt, boxes located in elevated floors of show windows andsimilar locations shall be permitted to be other than those listed for floor applications.Receptacles and covers shall be listed as an assembly for this type of location.(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle)fan shall be listed, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, andshall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). Foroutlet boxes or outlet box systems designed to support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans thatweigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the required marking shall include the maximum weight to besupported.

Outlet boxes containing listed locking support and mounting receptacle used in combinationwith compatible recognized attachment fitting designed for the support of ceiling-suspended(paddle) fans, and installed as required by 314.23, shall be permitted to support ceilingsuspended (paddle) fans.

Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceiling-mountedoutlet box, in a location acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in single-family, two-family, or multi-family dwellings, the outlet box or outlet box system shall be listed for solesupport of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan.

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 82

(D) Utilization Equipment.Boxes used for the support of utilization equipment other than ceiling-suspended (paddle) fansshall meet the requirements of 314.27(A) for the support of a luminaire that is the same sizeand weight.Exception: Utilization equipment weighing not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall be permitted to besupported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, provided theequipment or its supporting yoke is secured to the box with no fewer than two No. 6 orlarger screws.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

SUBSTANTIATIONGrp3PI_1Final.pdf

This is Substantiation File #1 for the SUBSTANTIATION. Also uploaded is a second Excel file that is Attachment 1 that is also part of the substantiation (and will go at the end of the substantiation).

lightbulbs_and_ladders_09-13_3_.xls

This is Substantiation File #2 for the SUBSTANTIATION and will be placed at the very end of the Substantiation after Substantiation File #1. It will go at the end of the substantiation File #1 also uploaded. It contains a US CPSC database that is not copyrighted and is in the public domain. Thank you.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

***<NFPA STAFF - PLEASE SEE UPLOADED 2 FILES FOR THE SUBSTANTIATION. THANK YOU>***

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input RelationshipPublic Input No.4447-NFPA 70-2014[New Definition afterDefinition: Askarel.]

The new definition supports the proposed modified Section 314.27(A)and 314.27(B) addressing new technology in PI #4443.

Public Input No.4449-NFPA 70-2014[Section No.430.109(F)]

The revised text in 430.109(F) is to support modified Sections314.27(A) and 314.27(C) proposed in PI#4443. The definition ofAttachment Plug is also created to support this new proposedsection.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name:AMY CRONINOrganization: STRATEGIC CODE SOLUTIONS LLCAffilliation: Safety Quick Lighting and Fans Corp.Street Address:City:State:Zip:Submittal Date: Thu Nov 06 22:11:56 EST 2014

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 83

Copyright Assignment

I, AMY CRONIN, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and fullrights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem andSubstantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication ofthe NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am theauthor of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am AMY CRONIN, and I agree to be legally bound by the above CopyrightAssignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I amcreating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as ahandwritten signature

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 84

Substantiation: This Public Input seeks to create new text to provide requirements for new technology. This is one of 3 linked Public Inputs: the second PI#4449 submitted a modification to Section 430.109(F) in support of the new technology and a third PI#4447 for a new associated definition for “Attachment Fitting”. Similar sets of Public Inputs were submitted in the event the Panel wished to consider two alternate locations for adding this new technology, including submitting the same concepts to Sections 406.16 (PIs #4199, 4316 and 4358) as well as another set to insert a new 410.30(B) (PIs #4388, 4422 and 4402). There is a new third party certified combination that includes the use of a receptacle and an attachment fitting to supply, support and connect ceiling- or wall-luminaires and ceiling-suspended luminaires, and ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans. The attachment fitting is a recognized component used as part of a listed product. The attachment fitting is inserted in a listed receptacle. This Public Input is part of series of Public Inputs submitted to assure that this new third party certified combination is recognized by users and inspectors, and installed in a consistent and safe manner. There are 5 topics addressed in this substantiation: 1) Why new NEC text is needed; 2) explanation of the new technology; 3) what problem is being solved by adding new text; 4) relevant fatality and injury data; and 5) documentation that there are no essential patent concerns. Why new and modified NEC text is necessary. This multifunctional receptacle and attachment fitting (not plug) combination is a new technology category and is not intended to be product or manufacturer specific. It should be noted that the attachment fitting is not a plug since it is used as part of a listed utilization device (luminaire or paddle fan). The technology is a load-bearing receptacle that is a quick connect and disconnect method that allows for safe wiring, installation and removal for ceiling mounted luminaires and ceiling fans. Once the receptacle and cover plate are in place, since the luminaire is disconnected from the power source until plugged in and there are not exposed energized parts, installation and connection of the utilization equipment (luminaire or paddle fan) is inherently safe. By adding this modified text to address the new technology, it is easier for inspectors, installers and others to recognize, understand and assess this new technology and method of installation. Additionally for installers, it represents technology that eliminates or reduces electrical hazards in many common instances described in the Data portion of this substantiation. An example of this type of technology is the GE/Safety Quick Lighting and Fans Corp (SQL) product, of which over a million of these units were sold between 2007 and 2013. It is projected that availability and recognition of the technology will significantly increase usage. As the popularity of the technology grows, it is reasonable to assume other designs of the locking support and mounting receptacle and attachment fitting combination will arise. It is requested that the NEC Panels proactively recognize the new technology, as it will be in wide use and it will increase safety. Examples of new technology that have been acknowledged in the NEC past include wind turbines and electric vehicle charging systems in order to keep up with advances in the state-of-the-art electrical technologies.

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 85

Ensuring Recognition of Appropriate NEC Requirements and Safe Installation. When the technology was submitted to UL to obtain a listing, it was initially placed in the “New and Unusual” category. As such, it was submitted to UL’s Electrical Council, and after much review and discussion, the technology was determined to be a receptacle and fitting (not plug) combination, and was successfully listed to UL 498, Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. Considering UL’s extensive steps used to categorize and evaluate the technology, it is foreseeable that others might not realize that this technology is indeed considered a receptacle and fitting (not plug) combination, nor understand the requirements for electrical safety unless the technology is clearly addressed in the NEC. This new technology combination of receptacle and attachment fitting cannot be electrically overloaded because an appropriate fitting will always be matched with the utilization device as part of its construction in accordance with its third party certification. Data from Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) show that the traditional methods of changing an existing luminaire or maintaining existing luminaires can be dangerous. This technology significantly reduces and in many cases eliminates these hazards. For these reasons, the technology should be addressed in the NEC. What is the technology? The technology is different than what is currently addressed in Section 314.27. The technology is a load-bearing receptacle that is a quick connect and disconnect method for ceiling mounted luminaires and ceiling fans. By adding this modifed text to address the new technology, the receptacle and attachment fitting combination, it allows inspectors to recognize what requirements govern the technology therefore they can easily understand and assess this new technology and method of installation. Although the suggested text is not intended to be product or manufacturer specific, an example of this technology from GE/SQL can be seen in the photo provided; a video describing the new technology can also be seen at www.safetyquicklight.com. With this new technology, the receptacle is installed to the ceiling outlet box, completing the wiring of the branch circuit through the receptacle unit. The electrician then installs a cover plate, just as with other receptacle types. To complete the installation, the luminaire or fan, by means of the attachment fitting that is part of the utilization equipment, is simply quick connected into the receptacle and the luminaire or ceiling fan installation is complete. What problem is being solved? By adding the new text, there is clear categorization of the new technology and the requirements to ensure electrical safety by electricians and inspectors. By adding this new section to address the new technology, it is safer and easier for installers, inspectors and others to recognize, understand and assess this new technology and method of installation to the appropriate requirements of the NEC. Intuitively we understand that not having to rewire each unit when the luminaire or ceiling fan is changed is safer, and there are data from CPSC, NIOSH and OSHA to confirm this notion. When an electrician installs the receptacle (female unit), it is mounted on a variation of the traditional crossbar. The attachment fitting (male fitting) is attached by the manufacturer to the luminaire, and is not available without attachment to a listed appliance. Thereby facilitating and increasing safety when the electrician installs the luminaire. Similar to the use of a ballast disconnect, this

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 86

combination works to minimize or eliminate risk associated with electrical shock and associated injuries, especially when the use of ladders and support of devices are involved, or when the utilization device itself needs to be worked on. Relevant Fatality and Injury Data. OSHA Data. In the OSHA electrocution training materials, an OSHA Fatal Fact is presented1 that details a union electrician’s death by electrocution during trouble shooting with lamps. If the technology was used, the lamps could’ve been disconnected and troubleshooting take place without the presence of electrical hazards. There is an OSHA Incident Report #0418800.2 Another OSHA Incident Report3 #1055320 summarizes a 2008 electrocution of an electrician while changing a light bulb. It is reasonable to conclude that this incident could have been avoided if the new technology receptacle/attachment fitting technology had been used. The fixture would’ve been disconnected and a new bulb would be inserted into the disconnected fixture with no access to electricity. In 2011, an electrician was electrocuted when the wires of a light fixture he was attempting to hang became stripped energizing the light fixture. As he grabbed one of the attached steel hanging cables, he received a fatal shock. OSHA Incident Report #0317700 was prepared.4 It is reasonable to conclude that this incident could have been avoided if the new technology receptacle/attachment fitting technology had been used because the fixture could not have become energized, as there would be no access to electricity through the disconnected fixture. CPSC Data. The CPSC estimates 4 electrocution deaths per year associated with lighting products.5 CPSC data from the National Electronic Injury Surveillance System (NEISS) database from 2009 to 2013 was analyzed. There were 38 incidents resulting in hospital emergency room visits involving the installation of light fixtures; 32 of those incidents involved falls and at least four of those incidents involved the victims being shocked. With the new technology, after the receptacle is installed in the ceiling, there is no additional wiring necessary, no weight or bulk of the fixture during the initial receptacle installation, and no shock hazard during the quick connect of the fixture. Without the weight/bulk, the falls may not have occurred. With the new technology receptacle in place, installation of the luminaire is a quick connect and no shock would have occurred.

1 Construction Focus Four: Electrocution Hazards, Instructor Guide. OSHA Training Institute, OSHA Directorate of Training and Education, April 2011. Document can be found online at https://www.osha.gov/dte/outreach/construction/focus_four/electrocution/electr_ig.pdf 2 OSHA Report ID: 0418800 can be found at https://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/establishment.inspection_detail?id=18396960 3 OSHA Report ID:1055320 can be found online at https://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/establishment.inspection_detail?id=312764335 4 OSHA Report ID: 0317700 can be found at https://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/establishment.inspection_detail?id=314163627 5 2004 Electrocutions Associated with Consumer Products, By Matthew V. Hnatov. Hazard Analysis Division, Directorate for Epidemiology, Consumer Products Safety Commission. April 2009

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 87

There were 418 incidents resulting in hospital emergency room visits involving changing light bulbs; 390 involved falls and at least six of those incidents involved the victims being shocked. Additionally, there were 9 additional incidents resulting in hospital emergency room visits associated with cleaning the light fixture; 8 of those involved falls. It is reasonable to conclude that many of these incidents could have been avoided or minimized if the new technology receptacle/attachment fitting technology had been used. The fixture is simply disconnected and any bulb or fixture maintenance or cleaning can be done on a table, not at an elevation, thereby reducing the time at an elevated level, thereby reducing the hazard. There were 55 incidents resulting in hospital emergency room visits involving a luminaire falling from the ceiling onto the victim. It is reasonable to conclude that many of these incidents could have been avoided or minimized if the receptacle/attachment fitting technology had been used. The new technology has redundant double locking mechanisms that each holds 200 lbs (although they would never hold more than 50 lb, the standard weight of a fixture), therefore the fixtures would not fall. NIOSH DATA. The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) conducts the Fatal Accident Circumstances and Epidemiology (FACE) Project. Data are collected from a sample of fatal accidents, including electrical-related fatalities. NIOSH FACE Report 88-376 summarized a 1988 electrocution of a Virginia electrician. He contacted an energized wire while attempting to install a floodlight on a new residential home. The initial wiring was complete and the electrician was wiring the fixture. The victim, using insulated wire strippers, began removing the insulation from the "14-2" standard house wiring (i.e., a cable containing two copper wires, size number 14) when his right thumb and right index finger contacted the uninsulated part of the wire stripper. The 110-volt circuit had not been de-energized at the panel box prior to the incident. The victim received an electrical shock and fell to the ground. It is reasonable to conclude that this incident might have been avoided if the new technology receptacle/attachment fitting technology had been used. It is likely that some of the electrician’s attention was diverted to the light as he was likely holding the light to connect it after the preparation of the wires. If the new technology were used, the receptacle would’ve already been installed, and the fixture would’ve simply been quick- connected with the receptacle and attachment fitting. If the new technology had been used, the electrocution could’ve been avoided. NIOSH FACE Report 87-557 summarized a 1987 electrocution of a North Carolina electrician. While repairing a fluorescent light fixture over a kitchen sink in a single-family residence, a 33-

6 NIOSH Face Reports 1982 to 2005 including 88-37 can be found at http://wwwn.cdc.gov/NIOSH-FACE/Default.cshtml?state=ALL&Incident_Year=ALL&Category2=0006&Submit=Submit#.VFjs8y7-DK0.email. This particular report can be located directly at http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/face/In-house/full8837.html 7 NIOSH Face Reports 1982 to 2005 including 87-55 can be found at http://wwwn.cdc.gov/NIOSH-FACE/Default.cshtml?state=ALL&Incident_Year=ALL&Category2=0006&Submit=Submit#.VFjs8y7-DK0.email. This particular report can be located directly at http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/face/In-house/full8755.html

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 88

year-old journeyman electrician was electrocuted when he contacted an energized wire on the load side of the ballast (400 volts). The ballast had been replaced, however, he could not get the light to operate properly. The electrician was sitting on the sink when he apparently contacted an energized wire on the load side of the ballast. The circuit had not been de-energized at the panel box or at the single-pole switch on the wall beside the sink. It is reasonable to conclude that this incident might have been avoided if the new technology receptacle/attachment fitting technology had been used. The receptacle would’ve already been installed, and the fixture could’ve been taken down through a simple quick disconnect for examination. If the fixture was determined to be in working order, additional work could be completed with the fixture quick-disconnected and out of the vicinity so full attention could be given to the wiring. If the new technology had been used, the electrocution might have been avoided. Efficiency Improvements. The technology will increase not only electricians’ safety but efficiency in installation. The installation of luminaires and ceiling fans requires the simultaneous support of the heavy and bulky appliance while properly performing the connection of the wiring. During the installation, the electrician has to do the wiring while he or someone else is holding the bulky luminaire or fan. This is not the case with this new technology. With this new technology, the receptacle is installed to the ceiling outlet box, completing the wiring of the branch circuit through the receptacle unit. The electrician then installs a cover plate, just as with other receptacle types. To complete the installation, the luminaire or fan with the attached plug is simply quick connected into the receptacle and the luminaire or ceiling fan installation is complete. Wiring will no longer require the luminaire or fan to be held nearby, oftentimes while on a ladder. By removing the bulky luminaire or ceiling fan from the initial equation, safety and efficiency is increased.

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 89

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 90

Mark Earley, PE Chief Electrical Engineer National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02169

November 5, 2014

We are happy to report that the Public Input submissions from Safety Quick Lighting and Fans Corp (SQL) for the A2016 revision cycle do not invoke the use of an essential patent claim (one whose use would be required for compliance with the NEC), and as such, we believe these submissions are in compliance with the NFPA ANSI Patent Policy. The SQL Public Input submissions do not result in any requirements being added to the NEC that would require the use of any technology, patented or otherwise. SQL wishes to ensure the Panel is aware that the example of this technology highlighted in the substantiation of the Public Input submissions from SQL is a patented design, however other manufacturers' designs could reasonably be expected to meet the safety requirements that SQL proposed for inclusion in the NEC. As such, there are no essential patent concerns.

With no essential patent concerns and even though not required, SQL wishes to advise the Panel and Correlating Committee that SQL is willing and open to share all of our patents relating to the power plug and receptacle with licensing agreements, complete with reasonable terms and conditions that are demonstrably free of any unfair discrimination. Sincerely,

Rani Kohen Chairman of the Board Safety Quick Lighting and Fans Corp.

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 91

Public Input No. 573-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27(A)(2) ]

(2) Ceiling Outlets.

At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that a luminaire orlampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaire weighing a minimum of 23 kg(50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall be supported independently of the outlet box,unless the outlet box is listed and marked on the interior of the box to indicate the maximum weight the boxshall be permitted to support. Maximum weight indicated must match or exceed the actual weight of theluminaire to be supported.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Current language would literally allow a box to support a luminaire weighing more than 23 kg (50 lb) (not supported independently of the outlet box) as long as the outlet box is “listed and marked” with the maximum weight the box is permitted to support even if the maximum weight of the luminaire is more than that indicated on the box. The only requirement is that the box be listed and marked with the maximum weight. The current language does not specify that the box be required to support the maximum weight of the luminaire itself. The box is permitted to support a luminaire weighing say 100 lbs as long is the box is “listed and marked with the maximum weight” that box can support, which might be 75 lbs.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: L. Keith Lofland

Organization: International Association of Electrical Inspectors (IAEI)

Affilliation: None

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon May 12 17:59:46 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4526 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 92

Public Input No. 4482-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27(A)(2) ]

(2) Ceiling Outlets.

At every outlet used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed so that a luminaire orlampholder may be attached. Boxes shall be required to support a luminaire weighing a minimum of 23 kg(50 lb). A luminaire that weighs more than 23 kg (50 lb) shall be supported independently of the outlet box,unless the outlet box is listed rated equal to or greater than the weight of the luminaire or lampholder that isbeing supported by the box. Such boxes shall be listed and marked on the interior of the box to indicate themaximum weight the box shall be permitted to support.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The original proposal that brought the current wording was flawed in it's substantiation. It stated that the homeowner may take down the two pound light that the electrician installed and install a heavy brass fixture later. How is it good code to hold an electrician responsible for what a homeowner may or may not do twenty years later? It also fails to take into consideration fixtures that are snaked in for "old work". There are many fixture boxes that rated ten pounds, fifteen pounds, etc., are designed to go into existing ceilings, and spent good money to get this testing and listing. They are all in violation by the current wording. Cellar lights are another example. The plastic keyless lampholder weighs less that the light bulb being screwed into it. Why should this box be rated 50 pounds?

To have the listing written inside the box should address the concerns of a fixture of greater weight being added later because the person can see it and affirm the weight of the new fixture before installing it.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: DAVID ZINCK

Organization: NEWBURYPORT CITY OF

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 07:50:43 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1603 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 93

Public Input No. 3500-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27(C) ]

(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan shall belisted, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet box systemsdesigned to support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the requiredmarking shall include the maximum weight to be supported.

Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceiling-mounted outlet box, in alocation acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in single-family, two-family, or multi-family dwellings,the outlet box or outlet box system shall be listed for sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Require a listed fan box whenever a fan is or will be installed.Some interpret the current language to allow a box not listed for fan support to be used when installing a fan if they do not use the box for supporting the fan.In other words, they use sheetrock screws or other wood screws from the fan base into the framing member and then the box is not the "sole" support of the fan. How is it known if the sheetrock or wood screws are adequate? What about when the fan is changed out? What if the box then is used for the support of the fan? By removing the word "sole" it will require a listed fan box no matter what. The word"sole" is used in the second paragraph of 314.27(c) when a spare conductor is provided for a future fan but that language implies that a listed box is required regardless. The word "sole" is not needed. If a box is listed for fan support we already know it can be the "sole" support of the fan. Also see 422.18 input.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Wayne Jespersen

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 12:08:41 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1604 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 94

Public Input No. 348-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.27(C) ]

(C) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets.

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan shall belisted, shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet box systemsdesigned to support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the requiredmarking shall include the maximum weight to be supported.

Where spare, separately switched, ungrounded conductors are provided to a ceiling-mounted outlet box, in alocation acceptable for a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan in single one -family, two-family, or multi-familydwellings, the outlet box or outlet box system shall be listed for sole support of a ceiling-suspended (paddle)fan.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term "one-family dwelling" is defined in Article 100. Changing the word "single" to "one" will provide a consistent use of the term in the NEC.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 347-NFPA 70-2014[Section No. 230.40]

Changing the word "single"-family to "one"-family for consistent useof the defined term in Article 100

Public Input No. 349-NFPA 70-2014[Section No. 555.1]

Public Input No. 352-NFPA 70-2014[Section No. 680.41]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: David Hittinger

Organization: Independent Electrical Contractors of Greater Cincinnati

Affilliation: Independent Electrical Contractors

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Feb 26 14:49:11 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4527 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 95

Public Input No. 793-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.28(A)(2) ]

(2) Angle or and U Pulls, or and Splices.

Where splices or where angle or U pulls are made, the distance between each raceway entry inside the boxor conduit body and the opposite wall of the box or conduit body shall not be less than six times the metricdesignator (trade size) of the largest raceway in a row. This distance shall be increased for additional entriesby the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall ofthe box. Each row shall be calculated individually, and the single row that provides the maximum distanceshall be used.

Exception: Where a raceway or cable entry is in the wall of a box or conduit body opposite a removablecover, the distance from that wall to the cover shall be permitted to comply with the distance required forone wire per terminal in Table 312.6(A) .

The distance between raceway entries enclosing the same conductor shall not be less than six times themetric designator (trade size) of the larger raceway.

When transposing cable size into raceway size in 314.28(A) (1) and (A)(2), the minimum metric designator(trade size) raceway required for the number and size of conductors in the cable shall be used.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The problem with the "enclosing the same conductor" portion of the text implies that splices are excluded from this regulatory paragraph. I have spoken to inspectors, who in turn have spoken to other inspectors, and all of them come up with the same conclusion - that since the charging statement of this code has splices in the title, it is included in all paragraphs of this code. I also suggest replacing the word "or" with "and" in the charging statement to alleviate further confusion.

My experience and problem with the current wording in this code arose when I installed a 12x12x6 jbox with two 2" conduits, one in the back and one in the side. I thought I had the correct minimum size box when I read the phrase, "enclosing the same conductor." Since I was splicing, I believed that the paragraph for spacing between conduit entries did not apply. The inspector sent an email to a UL employee and an IAEI member after our debate and came to the conclusion that it does include splices and that the jbox was in fact the wrong size for the conduits used.

Even with our inspector's extensive experience in the trade, he still entertained my inquiry to the point of his own investigation to seek out clarification; this leads me to believe this problem could arise again and that making these simple phrase changes will help minimize similar errors in the future, potentially saving companies and clients varying amounts of money.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Sean O'Neil

Organization: FHK Construction

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 10 02:25:26 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1605 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 96

Public Input No. 3347-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.28(A)(3) ]

(3) Smaller Dimensions.

Listed boxes or listed conduit bodies of dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A) (1) and (A)(2) shallbe permitted for installations of combinations of conductors that are less than the maximum conduit or tubingfill (of conduits or tubing being used) permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9.

Listed conduit bodies of dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A)(2), and having a radius of thecurve to the centerline not less than that indicated in Table 2 of Chapter 9 for one-shot and full-shoe benders,shall be permitted for installations of combinations of conductors permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9. Theseconduit bodies shall be marked to show they have been specifically evaluated in accordance with thisprovision.

Where the permitted combinations of conductors for which the box or conduit body has been listed are lessthan the maximum conduit or tubing fill permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9, the box or conduit body shall bepermanently marked with the maximum number and maximum size of conductors permitted. Where moreconductors than the listed maximum are installed, the total cross sectional area of the installed conductorsmay not exceed the cross sectional area of the listed maximum.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Currently, conduit bodes are marked with "3 Max. 4/0" or other some such conductor size. There is no marking for "4 Max. ..."In industry, it is common to run an equipment grounding conductor with the circuit conductors. Therefore, it is common to run a circuit with 4 conductors. It is difficult to use conduit bodies with the designation "3 max...." when the circuit contains 4 or 5 conductors. There should be some leeway to be able to calculate fill in these cases.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ERIC STROMBERG

Organization: STROMBERG ENGINEERING

Affilliation: Myself

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 21:51:51 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1607 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 97

Public Input No. 1458-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.28(A)(3) ]

(3) Smaller Dimensions.

Listed boxes or listed conduit bodies of dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A) (1) and (A)(2) shallbe permitted for installations of combinations of conductors that are less than the maximum conduit or tubingfill (of conduits or tubing being used) permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9.

Listed conduit bodies of dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A)(2), and having a radius of thecurve to the centerline not less than that indicated in Table 2 of Chapter 9 for one-shot and full-shoe benders,shall be permitted for installations of combinations of conductors permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9. Theseconduit bodies shall be marked to show they have been specifically evaluated in accordance with thisprovision.

Where the permitted combinations of conductors for which the box or conduit body has been listed are lessthan the maximum conduit or tubing fill permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9, the box or conduit body shall bepermanently marked with the maximum number and maximum size of conductors permitted. Additionalcombintations of conductor sizes shall be permitted to be installed, provided these combinations are listedcombinations and are shown in the manufacturer's printed instructions.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The conduit bodies are marked for only one size of conductor and most of the time for a maximum of three conductors. The manufacturer's instructions list many other combinations of the number and size of conductors that the conduit body has been listed for. Without a code change to permit the use of these other combinations, the installer is not permitted to use these other size combinations.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: DON GANIERE

Organization: none

Affilliation: none

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 30 20:20:14 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1606 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 98

Public Input No. 2454-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.28(E) [Excluding any

Sub-Sections] ]

Power distribution blocks shall be permitted in pull and junction boxes over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) forconnections of conductors where installed in boxes and where the installation complies with (1) through (5).

Exception: Equipment grounding bonding terminal bars shall be permitted in smaller enclosures.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 15:35:36 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1608 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 99

Public Input No. 884-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.28(E)(1) ]

(1) Installation.

Power distribution blocks installed in boxes shall be listed and labeled .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Statement of Problem and SubstantiationBy adding the words and labeled, it will identify that listed products also need to be labeled. Both terms listed and labeled are defined in article 100, but are not used consistently throughout the NEC. If taken literally, as defined in Article 100, a product could be listed and not labeled and still comply with the NEC when not required to be listed and labeled such as in sections 424.6, 646.3(I), 646.13 and 690.31(C) to identify a few.

The UL White Book identifies that only those products bearing the appropriate UL Mark and the company's name, trade name, trademark or other authorized identification should be considered as being covered by UL's Certification, Listing, Classification and Follow-Up Service. Therefore, if not identified within the UL Certification Directory as indicated in the definition of listed and bearing the appropriate UL mark as indicated in the definition of labeled the product is not considered by UL to be listed. This is not just UL; all of the test laboratories have a very similar requirement. This change will help make the NEC a more consistent document for AHJ’s.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JEFFREY FECTEAU

Organization: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 24 16:43:47 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4529 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 100

Public Input No. 852-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.28(E)(1) ]

(1) Installation.

Power distribution blocks installed in boxes shall be listed. Power distribution blocks installed on the lineside of the service equipment shall be listed for the purpose.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changes in the 2014 NEC resulted in specifications in 376.56(B) to indicate that "Power distribution blocks installed on the line side of the service equipment shall be listed for the purpose". UL has updated the Outline of Investigation for Power Distribution Blocks, UL 1953, to reflect the requirements necessary to apply these devices on the line side of service equipment. The application in 314.28(E) is the same as in 376.56(B). This proposal acknowledges that a power distribution block can be installed ahead of the service equipment so long as it has been listed for this purpose.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Robert Osborne

Organization: UL LLC

Affilliation: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jul 23 10:02:35 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4528 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 101

Public Input No. 3116-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.30(A) ]

(A) Size.

Handhole enclosures shall be sized in accordance with 314.28(A) for conductors operating at 1000 2000volts or below, and in accordance with 314.71 for conductors operating at over 1000 2000 volts. Forhandhole enclosures without bottoms where the provisions of 314.28(A) (2), Exception, or 314.71(B) (1),Exception No. 1, apply, the measurement to the removable cover shall be taken from the end of the conduitor cable assembly.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:22:08 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1609 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 102

Public Input No. 2704-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 314.40(B), 314.40(C) ]

Sections 314.40(B), 314.40(C)

(B) Thickness of Metal.

Sheet steel boxes not over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) in size per gang or per compartment separable by abarrier(s) in wiring volume shall be made from steel not less than 1.59 mm (0.0625 in.) thick. The wall of amalleable iron box or conduit body and a die-cast or permanent-mold cast aluminum, brass, bronze, or zincbox or conduit body shall not be less than 2.38 mm ( 3⁄32 in.) thick. Other cast metal boxes or conduit bodiesshall have a wall thickness not less than 3.17 mm ( 1⁄8 in.).

Exception No. 1: Listed boxes and conduit bodies shown to have equivalent strength and characteristicsshall be permitted to be made of thinner or other metals.

Exception No. 2: The walls of listed short radius conduit bodies, as covered in 314.16(C) (2), shall bepermitted to be made of thinner metal.

(C) Metal Boxes Over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3).

Metal boxes over 1650 cm3 (100 in.3) in size per gang or per compartment separable by a barrier(s) inwiring volume shall be constructed so as to be of ample strength and rigidity. If of sheet steel, the metalthickness shall not be less than 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) uncoated.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

To clarify the requirements where multi-gang boxes or where boxes with wiring compartments separable by barriers are employed.

Multi-gang boxes may IN TOTAL exceed 1650 cm³ (100 in³) without exceeding 1650 cm³ (100 in³) PER GANG. The same is true for multi-service raised-floor boxes.

"In size" is imprecise and vague. Some fire-resistive boxes may include "size" devoted to intumescent materials and not available to conductor wiring. Therefore, zero in on the SPECIFIC attribute of concern: wiring volume.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2692-NFPA 70-2014[Section No. 314.16(A)]

reflect multi-gang boxes and boxes with wiring compartmentsseparable by barriers

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Brian Rock

Organization: Hubbell Incorporated

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 28 13:27:22 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1610 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 103

Public Input No. 2455-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.40(D) ]

(D) Grounding Provisions.

A means shall be provided in each metal box for the connection of an equipment grounding bondingconductor. The means shall be permitted to be a tapped hole or equivalent.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 15:37:37 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1611 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 104

Public Input No. 4548-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.70 ]

314.70 General.

(A) Pull and Junction Boxes.

Where pull and junction boxes are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with theprovisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.2; 314.3; and 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.20; 314.23(A) , (B), or (G); 314.28(B) ; and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) and (C); and 314.41

(B) Conduit Bodies.

Where conduit bodies are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with the provisionsof Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(A) , (E), or (G); and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) ; and 314.41

(C) Handhole Enclosures.

Where handhole enclosures are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with theprovisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.3; and 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(G) ; 314.28(B) ; 314.29; and 314.30

(D) Enclosures. Where enclosues are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply withthe provisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(A), (E), or (G); and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A); and 314.41

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Enclosures were left out.See 110.28See314.23

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ROCCO DELUCA

Organization: City of Phoenix AZ

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 09:55:12 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1612 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 105

Public Input No. 3119-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 314.70(A), 314.70(B), 314.70(C) ]

Sections 314.70(A), 314.70(B), 314.70(C)

(A) Pull and Junction Boxes.

Where pull and junction boxes are used on systems over 1000 2000 volts, the installation shall comply withthe provisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.2; 314.3; and 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.20; 314.23(A) , (B), or (G); 314.28(B) ; and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) and (C); and 314.41

(B) Conduit Bodies.

Where conduit bodies are used on systems over 1000 2000 volts, the installation shall comply with theprovisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(A) , (E), or (G); and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) ; and 314.41

(C) Handhole Enclosures.

Where handhole enclosures are used on systems over 1000 2000 volts, the installation shall comply withthe provisions of Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.3; and 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(G) ; 314.28(B) ; 314.29; and 314.30

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1613 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 106

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:26:08 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1614 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 107

Public Input No. 3802-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.70(B) ]

(B) Conduit Bodies.

Where conduit bodies are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installation shall comply with the provisionsof Part IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) Part I, 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(A) , (E), or (G); and 314.29

(3) Part III, 314.40(A) ; and 314.41

Shielded conductors rated 5 kV and higher are not permitted to be pulled into or out of conduit bodies thatare in-line or change direction. They may be pulled through a body that does not change direction.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Submittal_info_to_disallow_shielded_cable_in_conduit_bodies.pdfSubmittal info to disallow shielded cable in conduit bodies

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Shielded cables are almost always damaged when pulled around a condulet. Although cable manufacturers recommend against using LB's for shielded cable, end users often miss it resulting in substantial cost to the end user.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joseph Zimnoch

Organization: The Okonite Company

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 10:33:12 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1615 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 108

One end of a shielded cable that was pulled around an LB.

The other end of a shielded cable that was pulled around an LB.

Cables were severed in two as a result of the LB.

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 109

Damaged shield and subsequent failure on cable that pulled around an LB. From Okonite’s Installation Handbook on Condulets.

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 110

Public Input No. 1242-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 314.70(C) ]

(D) Enclsoures.

Where enclosures are used on systems over 1000 volts, the installaiton shall comply with the provisions ofPart IV and with the following general provisions of this article:

(1) part I, 314.4

(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.23(A), (E), or (G); and 314.29

(3) Part III< 314.40(A); and 314.41

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Enclosures were left out. See 110.28 and 314.23.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joel Rencsok

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 14:53:51 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1616 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 111

Public Input No. 1243-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.71 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]

]

Pull and junction boxes and handhole enclosures shall provide approved space and dimensions for theinstallation of conductors, and they shall comply with the specific requirements of this section. Conduit bodiesshall be permitted if they meet the dimensional requirements for boxes.

Exception: Terminal housings supplied with motors shall comply with the provisions of 430.12 .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This exception only applies to 600 volts and less. This exception makes no sense here. The panel has to look at 430.12.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joel Rencsok

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 15:02:55 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1617 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 112

Public Input No. 4551-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 314.71 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]

]

Pull and junction boxes and handhole enclosures shall provide approved space and dimensions for theinstallation of conductors, and they shall comply with the specific requirements of this section. Conduit bodiesshall be permitted if they meet the dimensional requirements for boxes.

Exception: Terminal housings supplied with motors shall comply with the provisions of 430.12 .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This exception only applies to 1000 volts and less.This exception makes no since here.The panel should look at 430.12.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ROCCO DELUCA

Organization: City of Phoenix AZ

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 09:59:14 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

1618 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 113

Public Input No. 3141-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.1 ]

404.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article apply to all switches, switching devices, and circuit breakers used as switchesoperating at 1000 2000 volts and below, unless specifically referenced elsewhere in this Code for highervoltages.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:47:58 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2052 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 114

Public Input No. 4368-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 404.2(B), 404.2(C) ]

Sections 404.2(B), 404.2(C)

(B) Grounded Conductors.

Switches or circuit breakers shall not disconnect the grounded conductor of a circuit.

Exception: A switch or circuit breaker shall be permitted to disconnect a grounded circuit conductorwhere if all circuit conductors are disconnected simultaneously, or where if the device is arranged sothat the grounded conductor cannot be disconnected until all the ungrounded conductors of the circuithave been disconnected.

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be provided at the location whereswitches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit for other thanthe following:

(1) Where The conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that theraceway is large enough for all contained conductors, including a grounded conductor

(2) Where the The box(es) enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional orreplacement cable without removing finish materials

(3) Where snap Snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(4) Where a A switch that does not serve a habitable room or bathroom

(5) Where multiple At the switch locations that control the same lighting load such that the entire floorarea of the room or space is visible from the single or combined switch locations

(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

Where

(7) For a switch (es) that controls a receptacle load

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The NFPA Style manual directs that the word "if" be used rather than "where" to indicate a conditional statement. Editorial changes are recommended in this Public Input to improve the syntax. It seems (6) is not needed as one of the primary purposes of the section is to provide a neutral for automatic operation of control devices.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Phil Simmons

Organization: Simmons Electrical Services

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 06 20:33:12 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2053 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 115

Public Input No. 450-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be provided at the location whereswitches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit for other thanthe following:

(1) Where

conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that the raceway is largeenough for all contained conductors, including a grounded conductor

Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional or replacement cablewithout removing finish materials

Where

(1) snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(2) Where a switch does not serve a habitable room or bathroom

(3) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of theroom or space is visible from the single or combined switch locations

(4) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

(5) Where a switch controls a receptacle load

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

I would propose to delete section 404.2(C)(2) in it's entirety due to the difficulty in uniform enforcement and the additional costs incurred if the switch box becomes inaccessible later due to the remodeling of floor levels above or below the switch box locations. There are many times, especially in dwelling units where the basement level is unfinished at the time the dwelling unit is constructed, therefore subsection (C)(2) would be applicable as the wall cavity is accessible by fishing wiring from the unfinished basement level. The issue arises when the homeowner decides to finish the basement level and decides to drywall the basement ceiling, thereby making the switch box inaccessible and requiring a neutral to be installed, at this time, it may be very expensive to install a new cable to this switch box, or it may be something which does not get completed due to the fact the Electrician nor the Inspector thinks to check these switch boxes on the 1st floor. Based on the small cost to install a grounded conductor at the initial installation when a cabling method is used, it makes common sense and will save the building owner costs in the future when this grounded conductor may be very difficult and expensive to add. I would encourage the Code Panel to delete this allowance and require a grounded conductor in these switch boxes which are supplied by a cabling method, this will also assure when devices, which require a grounded conductor to operate, are installed, that these devices will have the grounded conductor present within the switch box when needed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Robert Fahey

Organization: City of Janesville

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Mar 25 18:48:37 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4585 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 116

Public Input No. 449-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be provided at the location whereswitches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit for other thanthe following:

(1) Where conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that the raceway islarge enough for all contained conductors, including a grounded conductor

(2) Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional or replacementcable without removing finish materials

(3) Where snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(4) Where a switch does not serve a habitable room or bathroom

(5) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of the roomor space is visible from the single or combined switch locations, the grounded circuit conductor shallonly be required at one location

(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

(7) Where a switch controls a receptacle load

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

I believe they were trying to say that the grounded circuit conductor need not be present at all 3 or 4 way switch locations. Rewritten it state that it shall be required at only one location.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Paul Giesen

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Mar 25 12:12:13 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4584 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 117

Public Input No. 4000-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be provided at the location whereswitches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit for other thanthe following:

(1) Where conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that the raceway islarge enough for all contained conductors, including a grounded conductor

(2) Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional or replacementcable without removing finish materials

(3) Where snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(4) Where a switch does not serve a habitable room or bathroom bathroom, hallway, stairway, or a roomsuitable for human habitation or occupancy as defined in the applicable building code

(5) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of theroom or space is visible from the single or combined switch locations

(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

(7) Where a switch controls a receptacle load

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Just as the ink was drying on the 2014 NEC, the submitter was made aware that model building codes defined habitable rooms in terms of dwelling occupancies, and why, after all, was the new requirement not applicable to commercial offices, etc? Of course, from day one, CMP 9 intended that the new requirements would apply in such locations. Although habitable in the sense of the dictionary definition includes offices, these spaces are described as occupiable and not as habitable. The wording in this input fully resolves this difficulty, and also picks up hallways and stairways that could also be challenged on the literal text of the present requirement. The submitter believes that this input simply matches the literal text with the panel intent.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Frederic Hartwell

Organization: Hartwell Electrical Services, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 18:43:00 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2054 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 118

Public Input No. 1872-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be provided at the location whereswitches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit for other thanthe following:

(1) Where conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that the raceway islarge enough for all contained conductors, including such that a grounded conductor

(2) Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional or replacementcable without removing finish materials

(3) Where snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(4) Where a switch does not serve a habitable room or bathroom

(5) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of theroom or space is visible from the single or combined switch locations

(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

(7) Where a switch controls a receptacle load

(8) can be installed without damaging the existing wiring.

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The automatic formatting did not show up correctly. The intention is to simply keep parenthetical 1, but to reword the end of it. My edits showed up as continuing (1) on (8). There are now 7 exceptions for when a Neutral conductor is required at a switch location. Parenthetical 4 uses the word 'habitable,' which is not defined. Also, the structure of this section makes some of these exceptions double negatives. For example, one does not need a neutral where the switch does not...With the proliferation of devices that need Neutrals, it would be far simpler to require a Neutral at each location. Parenthetical 5 allows the Neutral to be in either location but does not require both locations. Simply requiring a Neutral at all locations gives the option of putting the automatic control in either location.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ERIC STROMBERG

Organization: STROMBERG ENGINEERING

Affilliation: myself

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Oct 12 11:23:48 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4583 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 119

Public Input No. 1375-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be

providedinstalled at the location where switches control lighting loads

thatand are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit

for other than the following. Listed electronic lighting control switch(es) shall not introduce current on the equipment groundingcondcutor during normal operation.

Exception: For existing installations installed prior to January 1, 20xx, listed electronic control switcheswithout an insulated grounded conductor shall be permitted to be installed in lighting switch locations thatdo not include an insulated grounded conductor.

A grounded conductor shall not be required to be installed at lighting switch locations under any of thefollowing conditions :

(1) Where conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that the raceway islarge enough for all contained conductors, including a grounded conductor

(2) Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional or replacementcable without removing finish materials

(3) Where snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(4) Where a switch does not serve a habitable room or bathroom

(5) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of theroom or space is visible from the single or combined switch locations

(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

(7) Where a switch controls a receptacle load

(8) Where replacing an existing device with one of similar characteristics

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 404.2(C) Generally requires a neutral conductor to be installed to the lighting switch location. The purpose is to be able to connect the 120V operational circuit of switches with electronic circuitry such as occupancy sensors. The equipment-grounding conductor should not be used to complete this circuit. Inspectors and contractors are in a bind when occupancy sensors are still being supplied that only require the “green” equipment grounding conductor to be connected to the device to power the electronics with 120 volts. The revisions to this section require the insulated grounded conductor to be installed and used with the proper listed electronic device. The new exception relaxes this requirement for existing installations prior to January 1, 20xx. As currently written in the 2014 NEC, this rule only requires the grounded conductor to be installed at the lighting switch location, but does not address its use. This revision clarifies the intent of this section.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Michael Johnston

Organization: NECA

Affilliation: NECA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Sep 22 14:58:49 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4582 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 120

Public Input No. 4648-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.2(C) ]

(C) Switches Controlling Lighting Loads.

The grounded circuit conductor for the controlled lighting circuit shall be provided at the location whereswitches control lighting loads that are supplied by a grounded general-purpose branch circuit for other thanthe following:

(1) Where conductors enter the box enclosing the switch through a raceway, provided that the raceway islarge enough for all contained conductors, including a grounded conductor

(2) Where the box enclosing the switch is accessible for the installation of an additional or replacementcable without removing finish materials

(3) Where snap switches with integral enclosures comply with 300.15(E)

(4) Where In a dwelling unit where a switch does not serve a habitable room or bathroom

(5) Where multiple switch locations control the same lighting load such that the entire floor area of the roomor space is visible from the single or combined switch locations

(6) Where lighting in the area is controlled by automatic means

(7) Where a switch controls a receptacle load

Informational Note: The provision for a (future) grounded conductor is to complete a circuit path forelectronic lighting control devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The word "habitable" is not defined in the NEC. "Habitable Space" is defined in the structural and residential codes as: "A space in a building for living, sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces." (2006 IBC). Because "habitable" refers only to living, sleeping, eating or cooking spaces, 404.2(C)(4) as written, would exclude all space not "habitable" from the requirement of providing the grounded conductor at the switch location. As written, the requirement for the grounded conductor only applies to these "habitable" spaces. I do not believe this was the intent of the Code Panel. By adding the words "In dwelling units" to section (4) it make it clear that the exemption only applies to non-habitable rooms and bathrooms in a dwelling. This change would make it clear that other occupancy types, such as commercial office buildings would fall under the requirements of 404.2(C).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Rodney Jones

Organization: Clackamas County, Oregon

Affilliation: Self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 13:08:36 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2055 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 121

Public Input No. 1052-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.8(A) ]

(A) Location.

All switches and circuit breakers used as switches shall be located so that they may be operated from areadily accessible place. They shall be installed such that the center of the grip of the operating handle of theswitch or circuit breaker, when in its highest position, is not more than 2.0 m (6 ft 7 in.) above the floor,landing, steps or other adjacent walking surface, or working platform.

Exception No. 1: On busway installations, fused switches and circuit breakers shall be permitted to belocated at the same level as the busway. Suitable means shall be provided to operate the handle of thedevice from the floor, landing, steps or any other adjacent walking surface, or working platform .

Exception No. 2: Switches and circuit breakers installed adjacent to motors, appliances, or otherequipment that they supply shall be permitted to be located higher than 2.0 m (6 ft 7 in.) and to beaccessible by portable means.

Exception No. 3: Hookstick operable isolating switches shall be permitted at greater heights.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Control stations may be mounted in locations with various types of adjacent walking surfaces. These types, along with noting adjacent walking surfaces in general, should be incorporated into the requirements so that the maximum mounting height may be better clarified.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JOSEPH HETZEL

Organization: Thomas Associates

Affilliation: Door & Access Systems Manufacturers Association (DASMA)

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Aug 13 15:10:29 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2056 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 122

Public Input No. 2021-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.8(B) ]

(B) Voltage Between Adjacent Devices.

A snap switch shall not be grouped or ganged in enclosures with other snap switches, receptacles, or similardevices, unless they are arranged so that the voltage between adjacent devices does not exceed 300 actualvolts, or unless they are installed in enclosures equipped with identified, securely installed barriers betweenadjacent devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This section uses a voltage that is an "actual" hard limit.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 1902-NFPA 70-2014 [Global Input] This submission depends on 1902

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMS

Organization: none

Affilliation: Retired Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Oct 16 20:20:36 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2057 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 123

Public Input No. 2557-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.9(B) ]

(B) Grounding Bonding .

Snap switches, including dimmer and similar control switches, shall be connected to an equipment groundingbonding conductor and shall provide a means to connect metal faceplates to the equipment groundingbonding conductor, whether or not a metal faceplate is installed. Snap switches shall be considered to bepart of an effective ground-fault current path if either of the following conditions is met:

(1) The switch is mounted with metal screws to a metal box or metal cover that is connected to anequipment grounding bonding conductor or to a nonmetallic box with integral means for connecting toan equipment grounding bonding conductor.

(2) An equipment grounding bonding conductor or equipment bonding jumper is connected to anequipment grounding bonding termination of the snap switch.

Exception No. 1 to (B): Where no means exists within the snap-switch enclosure for connecting to theequipment grounding bonding conductor, or where the wiring method does not include or provide anequipment grounding bonding conductor, a snap switch without a connection to an equipment groundingbonding conductor shall be permitted for replacement purposes only. A snap switch wired under theprovisions of this exception and located within 2.5 m (8 ft) vertically, or 1.5 m (5 ft) horizontally, of groundor exposed grounded metal objects shall be provided with a faceplate of nonconducting noncombustiblematerial with nonmetallic attachment screws, unless the switch mounting strap or yoke is nonmetallic orthe circuit is protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter.

Exception No. 2 to (B): Listed kits or listed assemblies shall not be required to be connected to anequipment grounding bonding conductor if all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The device is provided with a nonmetallic faceplate that cannot be installed on any other type ofdevice,

(2) The device does not have mounting means to accept other configurations of faceplates,

(3) The device is equipped with a nonmetallic yoke, and

(4) All parts of the device that are accessible after installation of the faceplate are manufactured ofnonmetallic materials.

Exception No. 3 to (B): A snap switch with integral nonmetallic enclosure complying with 300.15(E) shallbe permitted without a connection to an equipment grounding bonding conductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2060 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 124

Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Oct 26 16:47:55 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2061 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 125

Public Input No. 2300-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.9(B) ]

(B) Grounding.

Snap switches, including dimmer and similar control switches, shall be connected to an equipment groundingconductor and shall provide a means to connect metal faceplates to the equipment grounding conductor,whether or not a metal faceplate is installed. Metal faceplates shall be grounded. Snap switches shall beconsidered to be part of an effective ground-fault current path if either of the following conditions is met:

(1) The switch is mounted with metal screws to a metal box or metal cover that is connected to anequipment grounding conductor or to a nonmetallic box with integral means for connecting to anequipment grounding conductor.

(2) An equipment grounding conductor or equipment bonding jumper is connected to an equipmentgrounding termination of the snap switch.

Exception No. 1 to (B): Where no means exists within the snap-switch enclosure for connecting to theequipment grounding conductor, or where the wiring method does not include or provide an equipmentgrounding conductor, a snap switch without a connection to an equipment grounding conductor shall bepermitted for replacement purposes only. A snap switch wired under the provisions of this exception andlocated within 2.5 m (8 ft) vertically, or 1.5 m (5 ft) horizontally, of ground or exposed grounded metalobjects shall be provided with a faceplate of nonconducting noncombustible material with nonmetallicattachment screws, unless the switch mounting strap or yoke is nonmetallic or the circuit is protected bya ground-fault circuit interrupter.

Exception No. 2 to (B): Listed kits or listed assemblies shall not be required to be connected to anequipment grounding conductor if all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The device is provided with a nonmetallic faceplate that cannot be installed on any other type ofdevice,

(2) The device does not have mounting means to accept other configurations of faceplates,

(3) The device is equipped with a nonmetallic yoke, and

(4) All parts of the device that are accessible after installation of the faceplate are manufactured ofnonmetallic materials.

Exception No. 3 to (B): A snap switch with integral nonmetallic enclosure complying with 300.15(E) shallbe permitted without a connection to an equipment grounding conductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Equivalent to 406.6(B) for receptacles. The first sentence of 404.9(B) requires that the snap switches provide CAPABILITY to connect an installed metal faceplate to the equipment grounding conductor but nothing in this requirement mandates that the METAL FACEPLATE ITSELF be actually bonded to the equipment grounding conductor.

While typical metal faceplates NORMALLY rely on the bare metal underside of the screw heads pressing on bare metal of the faceplate to conductively bond the metal faceplate to the grounded switch yoke, many aftermarket "solutions" impose NONCONDUCTIVE material (decorative wallpaper, contact paper, plastic attachments, etc.) that preclude the metal faceplate from being actually bonded to the equipment grounding conductor. A loose conductor would then energize the floating metal faceplate.

See http://www.pgeveryday.com/home-garden/home-decor/article/3-crafty-ways-to-decorate-light-switches?utm_source=sse&utm_medium=email&utm_content=m1_get_the_instructions&utm_campaign=oct8_light_switches for a typical decoration example that would defeat bonding of metal switch faceplates to the equipment grounding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Brian Rock

Organization: Hubbell Incorporated

Street Address:

City:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2058 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 126

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Oct 22 12:27:26 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2059 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 127

Public Input No. 2559-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.12 ]

404.12 Grounding Bonding of Enclosures.

Metal enclosures for switches or circuit breakers shall be connected to an equipment grounding bondingconductor as specified in Part IV of Article 250. Metal enclosures for switches or circuit breakers used asservice equipment shall comply with the provisions of Part V of Article 250. Where nonmetallic enclosuresare used with metal raceways or metal-armored cables, provision shall be made for connecting theequipment grounding bonding conductor(s).

Except as covered in 404.9(B) , Exception No. 1, nonmetallic boxes for switches shall be installed with awiring method that provides or includes an equipment grounding bonding conductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Oct 26 16:54:48 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2062 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 128

Public Input No. 89-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 404.13 ]

Automatic Transfer Switch Disconnecting Means

Automatic transfer switches shall have a disconnecting means located either in sight of the automatictransfer switch or in a remote location. Where located in a remote location, the disconnecting means shallbe lockable, and the location shall be field marked on the automatic transfer switch.

Exception: This rule shall not apply to automatic transfer switches listed as "service rated" and incorporatingthe service disconnecting means.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There is no clear language in the code that mandates the installation of a disconnecting means for automatic transfer switches. Automatic transfer switches are complex switching devices requiring servicing. Without a disconnect within sight or remote and lockable, maintained disconnection from power cannot be assured for the personnel servicing this equipment. This is a potentially lethal situation.

Most automatic transfer switches are installed adjacent to a disconnecting means (circuit breaker) and as such, this proposal would have no impact on most installations. However, I have recently come across a situation where the automatic transfer switch was located 3 rooms away from its source, with no disconnect at the automatic transfer switch. The circuit breaker feeding this circuit was not equipped with a lockable device. Standby generators are becoming more and more common and as such I have to believe this situation is more common than in the past and needs to be addressed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: RAYMOND STANFORD

Organization: Electrical Inspector, State of Maine

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jan 16 19:07:36 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4586 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 129

Public Input No. 3142-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.13(A) ]

(A) Isolating Switches.

Knife switches rated at over 1200 amperes at 250 volts or less, and at over 1000 amperes at 251 to 10002000 volts, shall be used only as isolating switches and shall not be opened under load.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3125-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 362.12] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:50:32 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2063 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 130

Public Input No. 4213-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.13(B) ]

(B) To Interrupt Currents.

To interrupt currents over 1200 amperes at 250 volts, nominal, or less, or over 600 amperes at 251 to 6001000 volts, nominal, a circuit breaker or a switch of special design listed for such purpose shall be used.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

switched need to match ocpd rating and gfp levels up to the 1000v service ratings

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES CAIN

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 06 14:46:00 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2064 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 131

Public Input No. 3946-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 404.14(F) ]

Automatic control devices for receptacles.

An automatic control device switching a branch circuit supplying 15 and 20 amp receptacles shall be ratedand listed for general purpose loads at not less than the ampere rating of the overcurrent device protectingthe branch circuit.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There many occupancy sensing and time based automatic control devices available that are rated for use for specific fixed lighting loads and these ratings may be less then the overcurrent protection of the branch circuit.

With energy code changes requiring switching of 15 and 20 amp receptacles in commercial buildings, there is a real danger that these devices may installed for this use and may be insufficient for controlling one or more receptacles when it is unknown what the connected loads may be.

Therefore to insure safety and reduce fire hazard, automatic control devices controlling a branch circuit serving these receptacles (as mentioned in 406.3(E)) must be rated and listed to safely operate all the loads that may be connected to the receptacles up to the ampere rating of the overcurrent protection of the branch circuit.

It is recommended that this new text be added as 404.14(G).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ROBERT HICK

Organization: LEVITON

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 16:41:02 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2065 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 132

Public Input No. 1366-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 404.14(F) ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

Type your content here ...

404.14 (G) Snap Switch with USB Charger . A 15A or 20A, 120V AC only snap switch that additionallyprovides Class 2 power shall be listed and constructed such that the Class 2 circuitry is integral with thesnap switch.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Article 404 contains requirements for a variety of different types of switches such as CO/ALR and dimmer switches. But the article does not require a snap switch providing power to Class 2 equipment be listed.

Also available in the market-place are assemblies consisting of a Class 2 power supply and Class 2 output connector(s). These assemblies are intended to be secured and connected to a snap switch. The combination of the assembly and snap switch has not been investigated. The nationally recognized product standard for receptacles, ANSI/UL 20 contains requirements that correspond to the required construction as well as the performance requirements to evaluate the suitability of a snap switch with integral power supply with Class 2 output connectors. Requiring the use of a listed snap switch with integral power supply with Class 2 output connectors will confirm that the installed device complies with the required characteristics of 404.14(G).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Charles Kurten

Organization: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Sep 22 11:35:58 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4587 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 133

Public Input No. 3144-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 404.16 ]

404.16 Knife Switches Rated 600 to 1000 2000 Volts.

Auxiliary contacts of a renewable or quick-break type or the equivalent shall be provided on all knife switchesrated 600 to 1000 2000 volts and designed for use in breaking current over 200 amperes.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:52:38 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2066 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 134

Public Input No. 4534-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 404.18 ]

404.19 Identification. NEW Section

Identification .In industrial occupancies, every switch shall be legibly identified as to its clear, evident, andspecific purpose or use, unless located and arranged so the purpose is evident. The identification shallinclude an approved degree of detail that allows the circuit to be distinguished from all others. Theidentification shall be located on the face or faceplate of the switch. No switch shall be described in amanner that depends on transient conditions of occupancy. This requirement shall not apply to lighting branchcircuits in office or similar locations.

Informational Note: See NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace for Lockout andTagout requirements.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Circuit breakers and switches used as disconnecting means in Panelboards are required to be identified as to their specific purpose. The same requirement should be made for switches. I believe that for industrial occupancies, it should be clear that identification is required for all fused or non-fused switches, unless located and arranged so the purpose is evident.This will strengthen NFPA 70E Lockout and Tagout Programs for safety of qualified persons working on or in energized electrical equipment in industrial facilities.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: MICHAEL WEITZEL

Organization: Bechtel

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 09:35:06 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2067 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 135

Public Input No. 154-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Article after 408 ]

408.42 Work Space Warning Signs

Working space for panelboards shall be marked with a sign or plaque in accordance with section 110.21(B), to indicate the work spaces required to be kept clear by section 110.26(A). The sign or plaque shall belocated so as to be clearly visible to people in the workspace and shall be permitted to be on or adjacent tothe equipment. The marking shall include the words:

WARNING!

AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

SHALL BE KEPT CLEAR

FOR- _____DEPTH_-______WIDTH-_____ HEIGHT.

The marking shall also include the dimensions of the depth, width, and height required to be kept clear for thework space. It shall be permitted to use one sign for multiple pieces of equipment as long as the sign is visiblefrom the work space for each piece of equipment.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

I am continually being forced to work on panelboards and switchboards that were originally installed with plenty of work space, but over time have had the work space encroached upon by other trades or unknowing individuals who install shelves, pipes, ductwork, walls, and all kinds of other obstructions too close to the electrical equipment. This places me and every other electrical worker in peril if I need to work on the equipment while energized. There is a great increase in danger from an arc-flash injury or a shock when working on an energized panelboard if the work space has been compromised. I have surveyed HUNDREDS of students that attend my classes and seminars and they all agree that they have also been put into this dangerous situation. Members of the Code Making Panel themselves may have worked in these situations. This is NOT just an enforcement issue, but also a rather immediately DANGEROUS situation if the equipment is unreachable in an emergency, such as firefighters, or other emergency personnel (or anyone else for that matter) needing to turn the power off because of an emergency!!!!!

They certainly cannot wait for the wire inspector to show up and “enforce” the code. It will be too late by that time. But maybe, just maybe the plumber won’t put the pipe in the way, or the carpenter won’t build the wall too close, or the shop owner won’t install shelves right in front of the panel if there were a sign to warn them! It’s certainly not a guarantee, but if the warning sign were to prevent ONE tragedy, then making this a requirement will certainly be worth it. These signs are already available for just a few dollars. Well worth the minimal cost. The wording in my proposal also allows for the sign to be placed on a wall or perhaps on the door to the electrical room, as long as the sign is clearly visible to anyone standing in the workspace thinking of putting an obstruction in front of the electrical panel. I believe a warning sign WOULD help. Just as an Arc-Flash warning sign is INTENDED to help, but does not guarantee the electrician will heed the warning. Signs, markings, and plaques are required in several sections of the Code such as 110.16, 110.27(C), 110.34(C), 210.5(C)(3), 215.12(C), 225.37, 225.70(A)(1), 230.2(E), 250.21(C), 426.13, 427.13, 450.8(D), 450.14, 460.24(B)(2), 490.22, 516.10(A)(8), 516.10(B)(3), 550.32(A)(7), 550.32(G), 690.7(E)(3), 690.14(D)(4), 690.31(E)(3), 690.56(A), 690.56(B), 692.4(B), 692.9(C), 700.7(B), 701.7(B), 702.7(B), and 705.10. None of these signs guarantee safety, they can only help improve it. If you check each of those sections, I think you will agree that the sign or plaque that I am proposing is at least equal in importance to any of the other signs required by Code and perhaps MORE important than others.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 153-NFPA 70-2014 [New Section after 408.18] working space clearances

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: RUSS LEBLANC

Organization: EC AND M MAGAZINE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4603 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 136

Submittal Date: Sun Feb 02 18:07:19 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4604 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 137

Public Input No. 3147-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.1 ]

408.1 Scope.

This article covers switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards. It does not apply to equipment operating atover 1000 2000 volts, except as specifically referenced elsewhere in the Code.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:55:03 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2113 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 138

Public Input No. 1281-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.3(A)(2) ]

(2) Service Panelboards, Switchboards and Switchgear.

Barriers shall be placed in all service panelboards, switchboards and switchgear such that no uninsulated,ungrounded service busbar or service terminal is exposed to inadvertent contact by persons or maintenanceequipment while servicing load terminations.

Exception: Where more than one service disconnect within a single enclosure is installed as permitted in408.36, Exceptions 1, 2 and 3, a barrier shall not be required.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Concerns regarding access to uninsulated live parts on the line side of a service disconnect within panelboards has been identified as a safety concern for several Code cycles. While the CMP has noted that panelboards should not be serviced while energized, unless appropriate precautions are taken, this proposal would introduce a level of isolation from service-side uninsulated live parts in a manner similar to that afforded in switchboards (reference NEC 408.3(A)(3) and UL Standard for Switchboards, UL 891).

Providing such protection is more practical for those panels with a single service disconnect, but less practical for panelboards with multiple service disconnects. This concern was presented to the UL Standards Technical Panel with purview of the Standard for Panelboards, UL 67 (STP 67). The STP agreed to require panelboards including a single service disconnect to be constructed such that, with the service disconnect in the off position, no ungrounded uninsulated live part is exposed to inadvertent contact by persons while servicing any load terminals.

Acknowledging the many types of construction, and the fact that many "Service Panelboards" can be field converted to either a service or non-service application, inclusion of any "service barriers" (which may be provided in the form of a field-installable kit) will ultimately be the responsibility of the installer. This proposal is intended to complement the new construction requirement in UL 67 and address the safety concern of access to ungrounded, uninsulated live parts.

This requirement has been in place for Canadian service equipment for many years. There is no practical reason why the NEC should not contain the same safety driven requirements. This will now allow an “electrically safe work condition” (as defined in NFPA 70E) to be established when performing work in service equipment.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 1491-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 110.16]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Dollard

Organization: IBEW Local Union 98

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 16 09:02:10 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2114 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 139

Public Input No. 3692-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.3(C) ]

(C) Used as Service Equipment.

Each switchboard, switchgear, or panelboard, if used as service equipment, shall be provided with a mainbonding jumper sized in accordance with 250.28(D) or the equivalent placed within the panelboard or one ofthe sections of the switchboard or switchgear for connecting the grounded service conductor on its supplyside to the switchboard, switchgear, or panelboard frame. All sections of a switchboard or switchgear shallbe bonded together using an equipment bonding conductor a supply-side bonding jumper sized inaccordance with Table 250.122 or Table 250.66 as appropriate. 102 .

Exception: Switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards used as service equipment on high-impedancegrounded neutral systems in accordance with 250.36 shall not be required to be provided with a mainbonding jumper.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The conductor used to bond service equipment enclosures is a supply-side bonding jumper and the applicable table is Table 250.102. This table was created during the processing of the 2014 NEC.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Phil Simmons

Organization: Simmons Electrical Services

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 22:10:39 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2116 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 140

Public Input No. 1467-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.3(C) ]

(C) Used as Service Equipment.

(1) Bonding . Each switchboard, switchgear, or panelboard, if used as service equipment, shall beprovided with a main bonding jumper sized in accordance with 250.28(D) or the equivalent placed within thepanelboard or one of the sections of the switchboard or switchgear for connecting the grounded serviceconductor on its supply side to the switchboard, switchgear, or panelboard frame. All sections of aswitchboard or switchgear shall be bonded together using an equipment bonding conductor sized inaccordance with Table 250.122 or Table 250.66 as appropriate.

Exception: Switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards used as service equipment on high-impedancegrounded neutral systems in accordance with 250.36 shall not be required to be provided with a mainbonding jumper.

(2) Panelboard Barriers. The service conductors and service conductor termination points shall beenclosed and accessible within the panelboard.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The existing text in 408.3(C) is editorially revised as a second level subdivision and titled “Bonding” to allow for a new second level subdivision and a logical separation of multiple requirements. This proposed revision will require that service conductors and terminations be enclosed within panelboards used as service equipment. Article 100 defines the term “enclosed” as “Surrounded by a case, housing, fence, or wall(s) that prevents persons from accidentally contacting energized parts.” The goal of this provision is to prevent accidental contact with energized parts. This proposed revision also requires the service conductors and service conductor termination points to be “accessible” as defined in Article 100. This requirement has been in place for Canadian service equipment for many years. There is no practical reason why the NEC should not contain the same safety driven requirements. This will now allow an “electrically safe work condition” (as defined in NFPA 70E) to be established when performing work in service equipment.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: DAVID CLEMENTS

Organization: INTL ASSOC ELEC INSP

Affilliation: International Association of Electrical Inspectors (IAEI)

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Oct 01 09:40:01 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2115 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 141

Public Input No. 321-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.3(D) ]

(D) Terminals.

In switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards, load terminals for field wiring, including grounded circuitconductor load terminals and connections to the equipment grounding conductor bus for load equipmentgrounding conductors, shall be so located that it is not necessary to reach across or beyond an uninsulatedungrounded line ungrounded bus in order to make connections.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The single word "Line" may often cause confusion to the user. When used in the context of this section the word line denotes a point on the wiring system relative to another point on the wiring system. The single position may be on the line side of one point and on the load side of another.The term line is often confused with the supply connection of the service entrance conductors. Some individuals may conclude that these buses that would be reached across or beyond are load side buses and need not comply with this section relative to the grounded and grounding connections and that if one moves the main disconnecting means to the open position than no danger would exist. In earlier editions it was recognized that workers may not always be in a position of denergizing the switchgear in order to access the grounded and grounding terminations referenced in this section. It should additionally be noted that UL 891 references uninsulated, ungrounded buses in this context without inclusion of the word line.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: David Humphrey

Organization:

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Feb 26 10:55:55 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4605 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 142

Public Input No. 2606-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.3(D) ]

(D) Terminals.

In switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards, load terminals for field wiring, including grounded circuitconductor load terminals and connections to the equipment grounding bonding conductor bus for loadequipment grounding bonding conductors, shall be so located that it is not necessary to reach across orbeyond an uninsulated ungrounded line bus in order to make connections.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 27 16:19:37 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2117 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 143

Public Input No. 4501-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.4(B) ]

(B) Source of Supply.

All switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards supplied by a feeder(s) in other than one- or two-familydwellings shall be marked to indicate each device or equipment where the power originates. The label shallbe permanently affixed, of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved and not hand written.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This proposed revision provides necessary clarity. These required markings must be permanent, durable and not hand written.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Dollard

Organization: IBEW Local Union 98

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 08:47:16 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2118 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 144

Public Input No. 3043-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.5 ]

408.5 Clearance for Conductor Entering Bus Enclosures.

Where conduits or other raceways enter a switchboard, switchgear, floor-standing panelboard, or similarenclosure at the bottom, approved space shall be provided to permit installation of conductors in theenclosure. The wiring space shall not be less than shown in Table 408.5 where the conduit or racewaysenter or leave the enclosure below the busbars, their supports, or other obstructions. The conduit orraceways, including their end fittings, shall not rise more than 75 mm (3 6 in.) above the bottom of theenclosure.

Table 408.5 Clearance for Conductors Entering Bus Enclosures

Conductor

Minimum Spacing Between Bottom of Enclosure and Busbars,Their Supports, or Other Obstructions

mm in.

Insulated busbars, their supports, orother obstructions

200 8

Noninsulated busbars 250 10

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Substantiation: It is a common field installation to stub EMT into the bottom of a bus enclosure which requires both raceway support and method to bond the EMT, typically by the use of a bonding bushing. If a length of strut on it's side and a strap are used for support (1.5") along with an EMT connector and bonding bushing (approximately 4.5”) it is not possible to comply with the 3” dimension. Changing this dimension to 6” will allow these common installations to now be code compliant. Since the dimensions outlined in T408.5 would still apply the change of from 3” to 6” would not impact the distance needed below live parts.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: robert meier

Organization: NA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Nov 02 09:09:37 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2119 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 145

Public Input No. 153-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 408.18 ]

(C)Work Space Warning SignsWorking space for switchboards, and switchgear shall be marked with a sign or plaque inaccordance with section 110.21(B), to indicate the work spaces required to be kept clear bysections 110.26(A) or 110.32 as applicable. The sign or plaque shall be located so as to be clearlyvisible to people in the workspace and shall be permitted to be on or adjacent to the equipment.The marking shall include the words:

WARNING!

AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

SHALL BE KEPT CLEAR

FOR- _____DEPTH_-______WIDTH-_____ HEIGHT.

The marking shall also include the dimensions of the depth, width, and height required to be keptclear for the work space. It shall be permitted to use one sign for multiple pieces of equipment aslong as the sign is visible from the work space for each piece of equipment.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

I am continually being forced to work on panelboards ,switchboards and switchgear that were originally installed with plenty of work space, but over time have had the work space encroached upon by other trades or unknowing individuals who install shelves, pipes, ductwork, walls, and all kinds of other obstructions too close to the electrical equipment. This places me and every other electrical worker in peril if I need to work on the equipment while energized. There is a great increase in danger from an arc-flash injury or a shock when working on an energized panelboard or switchboard if the work space has been compromised. I have surveyed HUNDREDS of students that attend my classes and seminars and they all agree that they have also been put into this dangerous situation. Members of the Code Making Panel themselves may have worked in these situations. This is NOT just an enforcement issue, but also a rather immediately DANGEROUS situation if the equipment is unreachable in an emergency, such as firefighters, or other emergency personnel (or anyone else for that matter) needing to turn the power off because of an emergency!!!!!They certainly cannot wait for the wire inspector to show up and “enforce” the code. It will be too late by that time. But maybe, just maybe the plumber won’t put the pipe in the way, or the carpenter won’t build the wall too close, or the shop owner won’t install shelves right in front of the panel if there were a sign to warn them! It’s certainly not a guarantee, but if the warning sign were to prevent ONE tragedy, then making this a requirement will certainly be worth it. These signs are already available for just a few dollars. Well worth the minimal cost. The wording in my proposal also allows for the sign to be placed on a wall or perhaps on the door to the electrical room, as long as the sign is clearly visible to anyone standing in the workspace thinking of putting an obstruction in front of the electrical panel. I believe a warning sign WOULD help. Just as an Arc-Flash warning sign is INTENDED to help, but does not guarantee the electrician will heed the warning. Signs, markings, and plaques are required in several sections of the Code such as 110.16, 110.27(C), 110.34(C), 210.5(C)(3), 215.12(C), 225.37, 225.70(A)(1), 230.2(E), 250.21(C), 426.13, 427.13, 450.8(D), 450.14, 460.24(B)(2), 490.22, 516.10(A)(8), 516.10(B)(3), 550.32(A)(7), 550.32(G), 690.7(E)(3), 690.14(D)(4), 690.31(E)(3), 690.56(A), 690.56(B), 692.4(B), 692.9(C), 700.7(B), 701.7(B), 702.7(B), and 705.10. None of these signs guarantee safety, they can only help improve it. If you check each of those sections, I think you will agree that the sign or plaque that I am proposing is at least equal in importance to any of the other signs required by Code and perhaps MORE important than others.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 154-NFPA 70-2014 [New Article after 408]

Public Input No. 155-NFPA 70-2014 [New Section after 430.98]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: RUSS LEBLANC

Organization: EC AND M MAGAZINE

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4606 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 146

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Feb 02 17:52:11 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4607 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 147

Public Input No. 152-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.18(B) ]

(B) Around Switchboards and Switchgear.

Clearances around switchboards and switchgear shall comply with the provisions of 110.26 for 0-600 volts,and section 110 . 32 for over 600 volts.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The present wording in 408.18(B) seems to imply that section 110.32 can be ignored. I do not believe that is the intent for equipment rated over 600 volts, which may require larger work spaces than 110.26 dimensions. The proposed new wording will clarify the intent

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: RUSS LEBLANC

Organization: EC AND M MAGAZINE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Feb 02 17:45:10 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4608 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 148

Public Input No. 2499-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.19 ]

408.19 Conductor Insulation.

An insulated conductor used within a switchboard or switchgear shall be listed, shall be flame retardant, andshall be rated not less than the voltage applied to it and not less than the voltage applied to other conductorsor busbars with which it may come into contact.

Informational Note: One method of determining that the insulation or outer covering of conductors is flameretardant is by testing the wires or cables to the VW-1 (Vertical-Wire) Flame Test in ANSI/UL 1581-2011,Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This brings the concept of how to determine if a material is flame retardant from the informational note in 620.11 into Article 408.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Marcelo Hirschler

Organization: GBH International

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 17:19:27 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2120 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 149

Public Input No. 3747-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.22 ]

408.22 Grounding of Instruments, Relays, Meters, and Instrument Transformers on Switchboards andSwitchgear.

Instruments, relays, meters, and instrument transformers located on switchboards and switchgear shall begrounded as specified in 250.170 through 250.178.

Informational Note: See IEEE 3004.1-2013 Recommended Practice for the Application of Instrument Transformers in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Safe application of instrument transformers should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.

More information is available at this link http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/3000stds/index.html

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:IEEE I&CPS Education and Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySub-Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 09:14:16 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2123 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 150

Public Input No. 2608-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.22 ]

408.22 Grounding Bonding of Instruments, Relays, Meters, and Instrument Transformers on Switchboardsand Switchgear.

Instruments, relays, meters, and instrument transformers located on switchboards and switchgear shall begrounded bonded as specified in 250.170 through 250.178.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 27 16:22:12 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2122 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 151

Public Input No. 1151-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 408.22 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT 408.26 Coarse Thread Screws

Type your content here ...

Coarse thread screw(s) shall not enter electrical enclosures.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Whether coarse thread screws are added before conductors, busbars, electric components, etc. are installed or added to an existing installation; they are a recipe for disaster. Coarse thread self tapper screws are very convenient and are used this way. I believe this should be a violation. The closest I see the NEC addressing this is 314.23(B)(1). The way the new entry is worded allows coarse thread screws to exit enclosures. For instance, an electrical component could be installed in an electrical enclosure with coarse thread self tapper screws zipped from the inside to the outside of the enclosure.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Norman Feck

Organization: State of Colorado

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Aug 27 18:34:11 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2121 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 152

Public Input No. 2609-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.40 ]

408.40 Grounding Bonding of Panelboards.

Panelboard cabinets and panelboard frames, if of metal, shall be in physical contact with each other andshall be connected to an equipment grounding bonding conductor. Where the panelboard is used withnonmetallic raceway or cable or where separate equipment grounding bonding conductors are provided, aterminal bar for the equipment grounding bonding conductors shall be secured inside the cabinet. Theterminal bar shall be bonded to the cabinet and panelboard frame, if of metal; otherwise it shall beconnected to the equipment grounding bonding conductor that is run with the conductors feeding thepanelboard.

Exception: Where an isolated equipment grounding bonding conductor is provided as permitted by250.146(D) , the insulated equipment grounding bonding conductor that is run with the circuit conductorsshall be permitted to pass through the panelboard without being connected to the panelboard’s equipmentgrounding bonding terminal bar.

Equipment grounding bonding conductors shall not be connected to a terminal bar provided for groundedconductors or neutral conductors unless the bar is identified for the purpose and is located whereinterconnection between equipment grounding bonding conductors and grounded circuit conductors ispermitted or required by Article 250.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2124 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 153

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 27 16:24:01 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2125 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 154

Public Input No. 3338-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Article after 408 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

Type your content here ...

408.42 Three phase panelboards used for Hi-Leg systems. Three phase panelboards used for Hi-Legsystems shall have a rejection feature that prevents single-pole circuit breakers from being used in Phase Blocations.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The simple, and better, solution would be to not allow three phase panels to be used in hi-leg installations at all. The better solution is for single phase panels to be used for the single phase loads and for three phase disconnects to be used for the three phase loads. The only reason that three phase panels are allowed in hi-leg installations is because it has been a practice that has been allowed for decades. In today's world, no one would conceive of doing this. It is a practice that should be stopped sooner than later.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ERIC STROMBERG

Organization: STROMBERG ENGINEERING

Affilliation: Myself

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 21:39:06 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2112 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 155

Public Input No. 1041-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.51 ]

408.51 Busbars.

Insulated or bare busbars shall be rigidly mounted fastened or installed per the listing or installationrequirements .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Change “rigidly mounted” to “fastened or installed per the listing or installation requirements”. How can something be determined to meet the requirement of “rigidly mounted”?

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joseph Wages

Organization: IAEI

Affilliation: None

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Aug 08 17:22:47 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4609 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 156

Public Input No. 1580-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.54 ]

408.54 Maximum Number of Overcurrent Devices.

A panelboard or switchboard shall be provided with physical means to prevent the installation of moreovercurrent devices than that number for which the panelboard or switchboard was designed, rated, andlisted.

For the purposes of this section, a 2-pole circuit breaker or fusible switch shall be considered twoovercurrent devices; a 3-pole circuit breaker or fusible switch shall be considered three overcurrent devices.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

A switchboard may be subject to the same limitations as is a panelboard; the six-main rule is an example.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: DAVID BREDHOLD

Organization: C & I ENGINEERING

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 04 08:11:46 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2126 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 157

Public Input No. 3437-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 408.56 ]

408.56 Minimum Spacings.

The distance between bare metal parts, busbars, and so forth shall not be less than specified in Table408.56.

Where close proximity does not cause excessive heating, parts of the same polarity at switches, enclosedfuses, and so forth shall be permitted to be placed as close together as convenience in handling will allow.

Exception: The distance shall be permitted to be less than that specified in Table 408.56 at circuitbreakers and switches and in listed components installed in switchboards, switchgear, and panelboards.

Table 408.56 Minimum Spacings Between Bare Metal Parts

AC or DC Voltage

Opposite Polarity WhereMounted on the Same Surface

Opposite Polarity WhereHeld Free in Air

Live Parts toGround*

mm in. mm in. mm in.

Not over 125 volts,nominal

19.1 3⁄4 12.7 1⁄2 12.7 1⁄2

Not over 250 volts,nominal

31.8 1 1⁄4 19.1 3⁄4 12.7 1⁄2

Not over 1000 2000volts, nominal

50.8 2 25.4 1 25.4 1

*For spacing between live parts and doors of cabinets, see 312.11(A)(1), (2), and (3).

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 08:22:31 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2127 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 158

Public Input No. 3017-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.1 ]

450.1 Scope.

This article covers the installation of all transformers.

Exception No. 1: Current transformers.

Exception No. 2: Dry-type transformers that constitute a component part of other apparatus and complywith the requirements for such apparatus.

Exception No. 3: Transformers that are an integral part of an X-ray, high-frequency, or electrostatic-coating apparatus.

Exception No. 4: Transformers used with Class 2 and Class 3 circuits that comply with Article 725.

Exception No. 5: Transformers for sign and outline lighting that comply with Article 600.

Exception No. 6: Transformers for electric-discharge lighting that comply with Article 410.

Exception No. 7: Transformers used for power-limited fire alarm circuits that comply with Part III of Article760.

Exception No. 8: Transformers used for research, development, or testing, where effective arrangementsare provided to safeguard persons from contacting energized parts.

This article covers the installation of transformers dedicated to supplying power to a fire pump installation asmodified by Article 695 .

This article also covers the installation of transformers in hazardous (classified) locations as modified byArticles 501 through 504.

Informational Note:  For additional information on transformers see P3004.9 Recommended Practice forthe Protection of Power Transformers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

These 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books. The Red, White, and Gray Color books contained a great deal of information about transformers but were not previously referenced into this section. The benefit of now referencing the 3000 series of documents into the NEC include, but are not limited to: 1) the elimination of duplicate material that now exists in the various color books, 2) the speeding up of the revision process by allowing Color Book content to be reviewed, edited and balloted in smaller segments, and 3) to accommodate more modern, efficient and cost effective physical publishing/distribution methodologies (i.e., the elimination of large and expensive to produce books). This recommended practice is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with such requirements. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems. More information is available at this link: http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/3000stds/index.html

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:IEEE I&CPS Education and Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySub-Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Nov 01 10:09:55 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2398 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 159

Public Input No. 864-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.3(A) ]

450.3 (A) Transformers 1000 volts, Nominal, or Less

Overcurrent protection shall be provided in accordance with Table 450.3(A) .

Remainder of text unchanged

450.3(B) Transformers Over 1000 Volts, Nominal.

Overcurrent protection shall be provided in accordance with Table 450.3( A B ) .

Remainder of text unchanged

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

NEC Style is to have less than 1,000 volt equipment or installations precede Over 1,000 volt installations.

Therefore, Sections 450.3(A) and 450.3(B) as found in the 2014 NEC need to be reversed in sequence, with the requirements for Less than 1,000 volts placed in 450.3(A), and Over 1,000 Volts placed in 450.3(B).

This will improve consistency and usability in the Code.

Thank you.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: MICHAEL WEITZEL

Organization: CWEE

Affilliation: IEC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jul 23 18:02:19 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

4651 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 160

Public Input No. 3151-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 450.3(A), 450.3(B) ]

Sections 450.3(A), 450.3(B)

(A) Transformers Over 1000 2000 Volts, Nominal.

Overcurrent protection shall be provided in accordance with Table 450.3(A) .

(B) Transformers 1000 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less.

Overcurrent protection shall be provided in accordance with Table 450.3(B) .

Exception: Where the transformer is installed as a motor control circuit transformer in accordance with430.72(C) (1) through (C)(5).

Table 450.3(A) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers Over 1000 2000Volts (as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current)

LocationLimitations

TransformerRated Impedance

Primary Protectionover 1000 2000 Volts

Secondary Protection (See Note 2.)

Over 1000 2000Volts

1000 2000Volts or

Less

CircuitBreaker

(See Note4.)

FuseRating

CircuitBreaker

(See Note4.)

FuseRating

CircuitBreaker or

Fuse Rating

Any location

Not more than 6%600%

(See Note 1.)

300%

(SeeNote 1.)

300%

(See Note 1.)

250%

(SeeNote 1.)

125%

(See Note 1.)

More than 6% andnot more than 10%

400%

(See Note 1.)

300%

(SeeNote 1.)

250%

(See Note 1.)

225%

(SeeNote 1.)

125%

(See Note 1.)

Supervisedlocations only(See Note 3.)

Any300%

(See Note 1.)

250%

(SeeNote 1.)

Not requiredNot

requiredNot required

Not more than 6% 600% 300%300%

(See Note 5.)

250%

(SeeNote 5.)

250%

(See Note 5.)

More than 6% andnot more

than 10%

400% 300%250%

(See Note 5.)

225%

(SeeNote 5.)

250%

(See Note 5.)

Notes:

1. Where the required fuse rating or circuit breaker setting does not correspond to a standard rating orsetting, a higher rating or setting that does not exceed the following shall be permitted:

a. The next higher standard rating or setting for fuses and circuit breakers 1000 2000 volts and below, or

b. The next higher commercially available rating or setting for fuses and circuit breakers above 1000 2000volts.

2. Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permittedto consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets of fuses grouped in one location. Where multipleovercurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of asingle overcurrent device. If both circuit breakers and fuses are used as the overcurrent device, the total ofthe device ratings shall not exceed that allowed for fuses.

3. A supervised location is a location where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that onlyqualified persons monitor and service the transformer installation.

4. Electronically actuated fuses that may be set to open at a specific current shall be set in accordance withsettings for circuit breakers.

5. A transformer equipped with a coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer shall bepermitted to have separate secondary protection omitted.

Table 450.3(B) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers 1000 2000 Volts

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2399 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 161

and Less (as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current)

ProtectionMethod

Primary ProtectionSecondary Protection (See

Note 2.)

Currents of 9Amperes or

More

Currents LessThan 9

Amperes

Currents LessThan 2

Amperes

Currents of 9Amperes or

More

Currents LessThan 9

Amperes

Primary onlyprotection

125% (See Note1.)

167% 300% Not required Not required

Primary andsecondaryprotection

250% (See Note3.)

250% (See Note3.)

250% (See Note3.)

125% (See Note1.)

167%

Notes:

1. Where 125 percent of this current does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustablecircuit breaker, a higher rating that does not exceed the next higher standard rating shall be permitted.

2. Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permittedto consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets of fuses grouped in one location. Where multipleovercurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of asingle overcurrent device.

3. A transformer equipped with coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer and arranged tointerrupt the primary current shall be permitted to have primary overcurrent protection rated or set at acurrent value that is not more than six times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having notmore than 6 percent impedance and not more than four times the rated current of the transformer fortransformers having more than 6 percent but not more than 10 percent impedance.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 13:57:52 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2400 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 162

Public Input No. 2943-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.3(B) ]

(B) Transformers 1000 Volts, Nominal, or Less.

Overcurrent protection shall be provided in accordance with Table 450.3(B) .

Exception: Where the transformer is installed as a motor control circuit transformer in accordance with430.72(C) (1) through (C)(5).

Table 450.3(A) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers Over 1000 Volts (asa Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current)

LocationLimitations

TransformerRated

Impedance

Primary Protectionover 1000 Volts

Secondary Protection (See Note 2.)

Over 1000 Volts1000 Voltsor Less

CircuitBreaker

(See Note4.)

FuseRating

CircuitBreaker

(See Note4.)

FuseRating

CircuitBreaker or

Fuse Rating

Any location

Not more than 6%600%

(See Note 1.)

300%

(SeeNote 1.)

300%

(See Note 1.)

250%

(SeeNote 1.)

125%

(See Note 1.)

More than 6% andnot more than10%

400%

(See Note 1.)

300%

(SeeNote 1.)

250%

(See Note 1.)

225%

(SeeNote 1.)

125%

(See Note 1.)

Supervisedlocations only(See Note 3.)

Any300%

(See Note 1.)

250%

(SeeNote 1.)

Not requiredNot

requiredNot required

Not more than 6% 600% 300%300%

(See Note 5.)

250%

(SeeNote 5.)

250%

(See Note 5.)

More than 6% andnot more

than 10%

400% 300%250%

(See Note 5.)

225%

(SeeNote 5.)

250%

(See Note 5.)

Notes:

1. Where the required fuse rating or circuit breaker setting does not correspond to a standard rating orsetting, a higher rating or setting that does not exceed the following shall be permitted:

a. The next higher standard rating or setting for fuses and circuit breakers 1000 volts and below, or

b. The next higher commercially available rating or setting for fuses and circuit breakers above 1000 volts.

2. Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permittedto consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets of fuses grouped in one location. Where multipleovercurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of asingle overcurrent device. If both circuit breakers and fuses are used as the overcurrent device, the total ofthe device ratings shall not exceed that allowed for fuses.

3. A supervised location is a location where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that onlyqualified persons monitor and service the transformer installation. The qualified person shall be either anemployee at that location or an employee contracted for this purpose who is readily available.

4. Electronically actuated fuses that may be set to open at a specific current shall be set in accordance withsettings for circuit breakers.

5. A transformer equipped with a coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer shall bepermitted to have separate secondary protection omitted.

Table 450.3(B) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers 1000 Volts and Less(as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current)

ProtectionMethod

Primary ProtectionSecondary Protection (See

Note 2.)

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2401 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 163

Currents of 9Amperes or

More

Currents LessThan 9

Amperes

Currents LessThan 2

Amperes

Currents of 9Amperes or

More

Currents LessThan 9

Amperes

Primary onlyprotection

125% (SeeNote 1.)

167% 300% Not required Not required

Primary andsecondaryprotection

250% (SeeNote 3.)

250% (See Note3.)

250% (See Note3.)

125% (SeeNote 1.)

167%

Notes:

1. Where 125 percent of this current does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustablecircuit breaker, a higher rating that does not exceed the next higher standard rating shall be permitted.

2. Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permittedto consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets of fuses grouped in one location. Where multipleovercurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of asingle overcurrent device.

3. A transformer equipped with coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer and arranged tointerrupt the primary current shall be permitted to have primary overcurrent protection rated or set at acurrent value that is not more than six times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having notmore than 6 percent impedance and not more than four times the rated current of the transformer fortransformers having more than 6 percent but not more than 10 percent impedance.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term Qualified Person is defined, but this identifies that the qualified person may be either an employee on site or an electrician who can respond to the location in a reasonable amount of time.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Jim Muir

Organization: Clark County, Washington, Building Safety Division

Affilliation: NFPA's Building Code Development Committee (BCDC)

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 31 10:57:36 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2402 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 164

Public Input No. 3155-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.4 ]

450.4 Autotransformers 1000 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less.

(A) Overcurrent Protection.

Each autotransformer 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less shall be protected by an individual overcurrentdevice installed in series with each ungrounded input conductor. Such overcurrent device shall be rated or setat not more than 125 percent of the rated full-load input current of the autotransformer. Where thiscalculation does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustable circuit breaker and the ratedinput current is 9 amperes or more, the next higher standard rating described in 240.6 shall be permitted. Anovercurrent device shall not be installed in series with the shunt winding (the winding common to both theinput and the output circuits) of the autotransformer between Points A and B as shown in Figure 450.4(A) .

Figure 450.4(A) Autotransformer.

Exception: Where the rated input current of the autotransformer is less than 9 amperes, an overcurrentdevice rated or set at not more than 167 percent of the input current shall be permitted.

(B) Transformer Field-Connected as an Autotransformer.

A transformer field-connected as an autotransformer shall be identified for use at elevated voltage.

Informational Note: For information on permitted uses of autotransformers, see 210.9 and 215.11.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2403 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 165

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:03:01 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2404 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 166

Public Input No. 1831-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

Grounding autotransformers covered in this section are zigzag or T-connected transformers connected to3-phase, 3-wire ungrounded systems for the purpose of creating a 3-phase, 4-wire distribution system orproviding a neutral point for grounding purposes. Such transformers shall have a continuous per-phasecurrent rating and a continuous neutral current rating. Zigzag-connected transformers shall not be installed onthe load side of any system grounding connection, including those made in accordance with 250.24(B) ,250.30(A) (1), or 250.32(B) , Exception No. 1.

Informational Note: The phase current in a grounding autotransformer is one-third the neutral current.

Exception: An auto transformer with a wye configuration on its line side and a zigzag configuration on itsload side that does not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the line connection shallside shall be permitted on the load side of a system grounding connection . This exception shall notapply to a connection made from a high-resistance grounded system applied in accordance with250.36 . of a solidly-grounded, 3-phase, wye system.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The exception was added in the last code cycle based on a presentation by and discussion with Mr. Tony Hoevenaars. Subsequently, Mr. Hoevenaars, provided additional study results and commented as follows:I agree that the exception should be limited to 3-phase, 3-wire solidly-grounded wye systems. That is because our connection provides a path for fault currents downstream and, of course, ungrounded systems are intended to stay energized under a single fault condition anywhere on the system. As for the reference to ‘not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the line connections’, I’m a little confused by it myself. That wording was suggested by someone else and I thought it made sense at the time, but not now. There will be fault current on the phase conductors upstream in much the same way that there is fault current on the phase conductors upstream of a delta-wye transformer when there is a fault on its secondary side. What will not return over the line connections or a neutral if one were connected, is zero sequence fault current. I’m not exactly sure how best to describe that in this exception. Maybesomeone else has an idea.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Billy Breitkreutz

Organization: Fluor Corporation

Affilliation: Self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 10 16:38:53 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2406 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 167

Public Input No. 1420-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

Grounding autotransformers covered in this section are zigzag or T-connected transformers connected to3-phase, 3-wire ungrounded systems for the purpose of creating a 3-phase, 4-wire distribution system orproviding a neutral point for grounding purposes. Such transformers shall have a continuous per-phasecurrent rating and a continuous neutral current rating. Zigzag-connected transformers shall not be installed onthe load side of any system grounding connection, including those made in accordance with 250.24(B) ,250.30(A) (1), or 250.32(B) , Exception No. 1.

Informational Note: The phase current in a grounding autotransformer is one-third the neutral current.

Exception: An auto transformer with a wye configuration on its line side and a zigzag configuration on itsload side that does not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the line connection shall bepermitted on the load side of a system grounding connection. This exception shall not apply to aconnection made from a high-resistance grounded system applied in accordance with 250.36 .

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

RE_Draft_public_input_for_consideration_during_our_Friday_conference_call.pdf

Email from Original submitter of exception to 450.5 describing issue

Simulink_Simulation_for_H1EA_20140924a_Solid_Ground.pdf

PDF describing fault current simulation which shows fault current on line side of transformer

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The exception to 450.5 was placed in the NEC during the 2014 code cycle. However the original submitter indicates that the wording in the exception is not exactly accurate. The submitter has indicated that the fault current does flow on the line side of the autotransformer. I am suggesting that the text be deleted since I actually see no use for this product, this product has not even been developed at this time, and the wording is not technically accurate. However if this committee wants to keep the section technical changes need to be made or the AHJ may not accept the product's use since it does not meet the exception.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Lawrence Ayer

Organization: Biz Com Electric, Inc.

Affilliation: IEC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Sep 27 10:25:26 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2405 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 168

From: Tony HoevenaarsTo: [email protected]: "Drake, Bill"; "Fred Hartwell"; "Tom Harman"; "Ken McKinney"; "Larry Ayer"; [email protected]; "Jim Mitchem"Subject: RE: Draft public input for consideration during our Friday conference callDate: Friday, September 26, 2014 5:47:52 PM

Billy, I agree that the exception should be limited to 3-phase, 3-wire solidly-grounded wye systems.  That is because our connection provides a path for fault currents downstream and, of course, ungrounded systems are intended to stay energized under a single fault condition anywhere on the system. As for the reference to ‘not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the line connections’, I’m a little confused by it myself.  That wording was suggested by someone else and I thought it made sense at the time, but not now.  There will be fault current on the phase conductors upstream in much the same way that there is fault current on the phase conductors upstream of a delta-wye transformer when there is a fault on its secondary side.  What will not return over the line connections or a neutral if one were connected, is zero sequence fault current.   I’m not exactly sure how best to describe that in this exception.  Maybe someone else has an idea. Thanks!         ________________________________________________________________________________________________________Tony Hoevenaars, P.Eng.President and CEOMIRUS International Inc., 31 Sun Pac Blvd., Brampton, ON CANADA L6S 5P6Tel: (905) 494-1120 |  Fax: (905) 494-1140    |    Toll Free: 1-888 TO MIRUS (1-888-866-4787)Website: www.mirusinternational.com   |    E-mail: [email protected]  From: [email protected] [mailto:[email protected]] Sent: September-26-14 5:06 PMTo: Tony HoevenaarsCc: 'Drake, Bill'; 'Fred Hartwell'; 'Tom Harman'; 'Ken McKinney'; 'Larry Ayer'; [email protected]; 'Jim Mitchem'Subject: RE: Draft public input for consideration during our Friday conference call Tony,

The Task Group consisting of members of NEC CMP 2 and NEC CMP 9 is considering making proposals to add exceptions to 210.9 and 215.11 to correlate with the existing exception at 450.5.

210.9: Insert a new Exception No. 3 as follows: Exception No. 3: A branch circuit shall be permitted to be supplied through an autotransformer that has no electrical connection to a grounded conductor on its supply side provided it is configured in accordance with 450.5 Exception.

215.11: Insert a new Exception No. 3 as follows: Exception No. 3: A feeder shall be permitted to be supplied through an autotransformer that has no electrical connection to a grounded conductor on its supply side provided it is configured in accordance with 450.5 Exception.

The existing exception at 450.5 reads as follows:

Exception: An auto transformer with a wye configuration on its line side and a zigzag configuration on its load side that does not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the line connections shall be permitted on the load side of a system grounding connection. This exception shall not apply to a connection made from a high resistance grounded system applied in accordance with 250.36.

Should the exception at 450.5 be revised based on the new information you provided? Have you now shown that your transformer does not comply with that part that reads "does not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the line connections"? Should the exception be limited to only 3-phase, 3-wire, solidly-grounded wye systems?

Billy Breitkreutz 281-263-2998

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 169

LAyer
Rectangle
LAyer
Highlight

From: "Tony Hoevenaars" <[email protected]> To: <[email protected]>, "'Fred Hartwell'" <[email protected]>, Cc: "'Drake, Bill'" <[email protected]>, "'Tom Harman'" <[email protected]>, "'Ken McKinney'" <[email protected]>, "'Larry Ayer'"

<[email protected]>, "'Jim Mitchem'" <[email protected]>, <[email protected]> Date: 09/24/2014 03:55 PM Subject: RE: Draft public input for consideration during our Friday conference call

Billy,   We have performed the Matlab Simulink simulations with a primary side fault on both a solidly grounded and an ungrounded system (see attached).  For the solidly grounded system, virtually all of the fault current follows the ground path to the upstream transformer neutral as desired.  The amount that goes through the autotransformers is negligible.  For the ungrounded system, some fault current flows through the autotransformer neutrals and back to the fault which is not desired.  Therefore, I would agree that this autotransformer configuration should not be used on either ungrounded or impedance grounded systems but is suitable for a grounded system.   Please let me know if you have any further questions.   Thanks!   ________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Tony Hoevenaars, P.Eng. President and CEO MIRUS International Inc., 31 Sun Pac Blvd., Brampton, ON CANADA L6S 5P6 Tel: (905) 494-1120 |  Fax: (905) 494-1140    |    Toll Free: 1-888 TO MIRUS (1-888-866-4787) Website: www.mirusinternational.com   |    E-mail: [email protected]   From: [email protected] [mailto:[email protected]] Sent: September-24-14 8:34 AMTo: Fred HartwellCc: 'Drake, Bill'; 'Tom Harman'; 'Tony Hoevenaars'; 'Ken McKinney'; 'Larry Ayer'; 'Jim Mitchem'Subject: Re: Draft public input for consideration during our Friday conference call Fred,

Mr. Hoevernaars presented a autotransformer with a grounded wye primary and a zigzag secondary. The primary was connected to a 3-phase, 3-wire, feeder. The 3-phase, 3-wire feeder could be either ungrouded fed from the UPS or grounded fed from the bypass circuit. Honestly, I do not understand the technical merits. I do not understand why the UPS feeder would not be grounded. In my experience, UPS feeders usually are grounded. Also, Mr. Hoevenaars stated that the transformer does not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the primary conductors but did not show conclusively that this would be true for a ground fault at the primary of the transformer. In Mr. Hoevernaars presentation the UPS bypass feeder is 3-wireconnected from a possibly 4-wire grounded system. Why would this bypass feeder not be 4-wire?

I am not conviced of the merits of the exception, but, as a minimum, I propose the exception be reworded to be more specific.

Exception: An autotransformer with grounded wye primary line side and zigzag secondary load side that does not permit neutral or ground-fault current to return over the primary conductors shall be permitted to have the primary connected to a 3-phase, 3-wire feeder. The transformer shall not permit fault current to return over the primary feeder conductors from any single phase to neutral or ground fault on either the secondary or primary side of the transformer unless the feeder is solidly grounded. A feeder or branch circuit connected to the secondary load side of the transformer shall have a grounded circuit conductor connected to the grounded neutral of the transformer. This exception shall not apply to a connection made from a high resistance grounded system.

Billy Breitkreutz

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 170

From: "Fred Hartwell" <[email protected]> To: <[email protected]>, "'Drake, Bill'" <[email protected]>, Cc: "'Jim Mitchem'" <[email protected]>, "'Ken McKinney'" <[email protected]>, "'Larry Ayer'" <[email protected]>, "'Tom Harman'"

<[email protected]>, "'Tony Hoevenaars'" <[email protected]> Date: 09/24/2014 05:22 AM Subject: Draft public input for consideration during our Friday conference call

As requested, I took on the task of creating a draft public input on this topic based on our discussion. Please review the attached material. Note that the substantiation is written so as to be identical for both 210.9 and 215.11, so it only appears once in this attachment. From: [email protected] [mailto:[email protected]] Sent: Monday, September 22, 2014 4:22 PMTo: Drake, BillCc: Fred Hartwell ([email protected]); Jim Mitchem ([email protected]); Ken McKinney ([email protected]); Larry Ayer ([email protected]); Tom Harman ([email protected]); Tony HoevenaarsSubject: Fw: Technical Information on NEC Change Request Bill,

Mr. Hoevenaars kindly provided a copy of his presentation on the special auto-transformers. This should be good reference information for the task group to consider proposals to revise NEC parts 450.5, 210.9, or other sections as necessary.

Billy Breitkreutz 281-263-2998 ----- Forwarded by Billy Breitkreutz/HO/FD/FluorCorp on 09/22/2014 02:52 PM -----

From: "Tony Hoevenaars" <[email protected]> To: <[email protected]>,

Date: 09/22/2014 02:47 PM Subject: Technical Information on NEC Change Request

Billy,

It was a pleasure speaking with you today.  I am pleased that NEC Panel 9 is reviewing my request for NEC changes related to a novel autotransformer configuration.  

Attached is the technical information on the autotransformer and its application that I presented to the Code committees in 2013.  If you have any questions or require further information, please let me know.

Thanks!       ________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Tony Hoevenaars, P.Eng. President and CEO MIRUS International Inc., 31 Sun Pac Blvd., Brampton, ON CANADA L6S 5P6 Tel: (905) 494-1120 |  Fax: (905) 494-1140    |    Toll Free: 1-888 TO MIRUS (1-888-866-4787) Website: www.mirusinternational.com   |    E-mail: [email protected]

------------------------------------------------------------The information transmitted is intended only for the person or entity to which it is addressed and may contain proprietary, business-confidential and/or privileged material. If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are hereby notified that any use, review, retransmission, dissemination, distribution, reproduction or any action taken in reliance upon this message is prohibited. If you received this in error, please

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 171

contact the sender and delete the material from any computer.

Any views expressed in this message are those of the individual sender and may not necessarily reflect the views of the company. ------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------The information transmitted is intended only for the person or entity to which it is addressed and may contain proprietary, business-confidential and/or privileged material. If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are hereby notified that any use, review, retransmission, dissemination, distribution, reproduction or any action taken in reliance upon this message is prohibited. If you received this in error, please contact the sender and delete the material from any computer.

Any views expressed in this message are those of the individual sender and may not necessarily reflect the views of the company. ------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------The information transmitted is intended only for the person or entity to which it is addressed and may contain proprietary, business-confidential and/or privileged material. If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are hereby notified that any use, review, retransmission, dissemination, distribution, reproduction or any action taken in reliance upon this message is prohibited. If you received this in error, please contact the sender and delete the material from any computer.

Any views expressed in this message are those of the individual sender and may not necessarily reflect the views of the company. ------------------------------------------------------------

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 172

H1EA Autotransformer Simulation

Short‐Circuit on the primary side of the auto transformer with solidly 

grounded system

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 173

• All voltage measurements are phase‐to‐phase• Base voltage for p.u. Calculation: 480V and 415V

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 174

Short‐circuit upstream of Axfmr

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 175

Model required two neutral points X0, and X0Z disconnected

X/R = 8Base 225 kVA@ 480 V, In = 270.633 A, Base impedance Zb = 1.024 ΩZero‐sequence impedance: 33%X0 = 0.3379 ΩR0 = 0.0422 ΩInductance L0 =  0.8964 mH

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 176

Small portion of phase‐to‐ground fault shared between auto transformers seen on their neutrals

Current drop seen on loads due to voltage sag on the primary during fault0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05

-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1Load 1 waveforms

Vab

c [V

]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

Iabc

[A]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

60

time [sec]

In [A

]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1Load 2 waveforms

Vab

c [V

]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

Iabc

[A]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

60

time [sec]

In [A

]

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 177

LAyer
Line
LAyer
Rectangle

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1Main Transformer waveforms

Vab

c [V

]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-1.5

-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

1.5x 104

Iabc

[A]

0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05-1.5

-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

1.5x 10

4

time [sec]

In [A

]

Main XFMR Voltages

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 178

Public Input No. 3157-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.6 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

As used in this article, a secondary tie is a circuit operating at 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less betweenphases that connects two power sources or power supply points, such as the secondaries of twotransformers. The tie shall be permitted to consist of one or more conductors per phase or neutral.Conductors connecting the secondaries of transformers in accordance with 450.7 shall not be consideredsecondary ties.

As used in this section, the word transformer means a transformer or a bank of transformers operating as aunit.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:05:45 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2407 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 179

Public Input No. 2062-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.6(A)(5) ]

(5) Tie Circuit Control.

Where the operating voltage exceeds 150 actual volts to ground, secondary ties provided with limiters shallhave a switch at each end that, when open, de-energizes the associated tie conductors and limiters. Thecurrent rating of the switch shall not be less than the rated current ampacity of the conductors connected tothe switch. It shall be capable of interrupting its rated current, and it shall be constructed so that it will notopen under the magnetic forces resulting from short-circuit current.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This section uses a voltage that is an "actual" hard limit.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 1902-NFPA 70-2014 [Global Input] This submission depends on 1902

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMS

Organization: none

Affilliation: Retired Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 17 15:59:56 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2408 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 180

Public Input No. 3158-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.7 ]

450.7 Parallel Operation.

Transformers shall be permitted to be operated in parallel and switched as a unit, provided the overcurrentprotection for each transformer meets the requirements of 450.3(A) for primary and secondary protectivedevices over 1000 2000 volts, or 450.3(B) for primary and secondary protective devices 1000 2000 voltsor less.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:07:53 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2409 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 181

Public Input No. 3160-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.8(C) ]

(C) Exposed Energized Parts.

Switches or other equipment operating at 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less and serving only equipmentwithin a transformer enclosure shall be permitted to be installed in the transformer enclosure if accessible toqualified persons only. All energized parts shall be guarded in accordance with 110.27 and 110.34.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:10:48 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2410 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 182

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 28 11:16:44 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2412 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 183

Public Input No. 2677-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.10 ]

450.10 Grounding Bonding .

(A) Dry-Type Transformer Enclosures.

Where separate equipment grounding bonding conductors and supply-side bonding jumpers are installed, aterminal bar for all grounding and bonding conductor connections shall be secured inside the transformerenclosure. The terminal bar shall be bonded to the enclosure in accordance with 250.12 and shall not beinstalled on or over any vented portion of the enclosure.

Exception: Where a dry-type transformer is equipped with wire-type connections (leads), the groundingand bonding connections shall be permitted to be connected together using any of the methods in 250.8and shall be bonded to the enclosure if of metal.

(B) Other Metal Parts.

Where grounded, exposed non–current-carrying metal parts of transformer installations, including fences,guards, and so forth, shall be grounded and bonded be bonded under the conditions and in the mannerspecified for electrical equipment and other exposed metal parts in Parts V, VI, and VII of Article 250.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2411 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 184

Public Input No. 3163-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.12 ]

450.12 Terminal Wiring Space.

The minimum wire-bending space at fixed, 1000 2000 -volt and below terminals of transformer line and loadconnections shall be as required in 312.6. Wiring space for pigtail connections shall conform to Table314.16(B) .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:12:46 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2413 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 185

Public Input No. 3164-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.13 ]

450.13 Accessibility.

All transformers and transformer vaults shall be readily accessible to qualified personnel for inspection andmaintenance or shall meet the requirements of 450.13(A) or 450.13(B) .

(A) Open Installations.

Dry-type transformers 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less, located in the open on walls, columns, orstructures, shall not be required to be readily accessible.

(B) Hollow Space Installations.

Dry-type transformers 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less and not exceeding 50 kVA shall be permitted inhollow spaces of buildings not permanently closed in by structure, provided they meet the ventilationrequirements of 450.9 and separation from combustible materials requirements of 450.21(A) . Transformersso installed shall not be required to be readily accessible.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:15:17 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2414 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 186

Public Input No. 3166-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.21(A) ]

(A) Not over 112 1⁄2 kVA.

Dry-type transformers installed indoors and rated 112 1⁄2 kVA or less shall have a separation of at least 300mm (12 in.) from combustible material unless separated from the combustible material by a fire-resistant,heat-insulated barrier.

Exception: This rule shall not apply to transformers rated for 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less that arecompletely enclosed, except for ventilating openings.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:17:25 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2415 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 187

Public Input No. 4662-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.23(A) ]

(A) Indoor Installations.

Indoor installations shall be permitted in accordance with one of the following:

(1) In Type I or Type II buildings, in areas where all of the following requirements are met:

(2) The transformer is rated 35,000 volts or less.

(3) No combustible materials are stored.

(4) A liquid confinement area is provided.

(5) The installation complies with all restrictions provided for in the listing of the liquid.

(6) With an automatic fire extinguishing system and a liquid confinement area, provided the transformer israted 35,000 volts or less

(7) In accordance with 450.26

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

450.23 (A) (1) d. & 450.23 (B) (1) requires that the installation complies with ALL restrictions provided for in the listing of the liquid. This is the only place in the code that states this, yet there are restrictions on all listed products. In addition, this section of the code is not understood by equipment owners or inspectors who think this requirement is taken care of by the equipment manufacturer. This section should be deleted completely or expanded to say what is needed. For instance, installing per the UL listing requirements, the following must be met in addition to 1(a), (b), and (c)• Transformer must be equipped with tank capable of withstanding 12psig without rupture• Transformer must be equipped with pressure relief devices with minimum pressure relief capacity per the UL Classification Marking• Transformer primaries be protected with overcurrent protection options per the UL Classification MarkingWhile this may not sound like much, the last option requires the overcurrent protection be selected such that the I2t not exceed the values in a Table found in their published literature. For larger transformers, this often requires an expulsion fuse be located internal to the tank in series with the current limiting fuses upstream. The system is showing the legislative text incorrectly.This proposal is a collaboration with Rich Holub

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kenneth Crawford

Organization: The DuPont Company, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 13:29:17 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2416 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 188

Public Input No. 4666-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.23(B) ]

(B) Outdoor Installations.

Less-flammable liquid-filled transformers shall be permitted to be installed outdoors, attached to, adjacentto, or on the roof of buildings, where installed in accordance with with (1) or ( 2):

(1)For Type I and Type II buildings, the installation shall comply with all restrictions provided for in thelisting of the liquid.

Informational Note: Installations adjacent to combustible material, fire escapes, or door andwindow openings may require additional safeguards such as those listed in 450.27 .

(2) In accordance with 450.27.

Informational Note No. 1: As used in this section, Type I and Type II buildings refers to Type I andType II building construction as defined in NFPA 220-2012, Standard on Types of BuildingConstruction. Combustible materials refers to those materials not classified as noncombustible orlimited-combustible as defined in NFPA 220-2012.

Informational Note No. 2: See definition of Listed in Article 100.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

450.23 (A) (1) d. & 450.23 (B) (1) requires that the installation complies with ALL restrictions provided for in the listing of the liquid. This is the only place in the code that states this, yet there are restrictions on all listed products. In addition, this section of the code is not understood by equipment owners or inspectors who think this requirement is taken care of by the equipment manufacturer. This section should be deleted completely or expanded to say what is needed. For instance, installing per the UL listing requirements, the following must be met in addition to 1(a), (b), and (c)• Transformer must be equipped with tank capable of withstanding 12psig without rupture• Transformer must be equipped with pressure relief devices with minimum pressure relief capacity per the UL Classification Marking• Transformer primaries be protected with overcurrent protection options per the UL Classification MarkingWhile this may not sound like much, the last option requires the overcurrent protection be selected such that the I2t not exceed the values in a Table found in their published literature. For larger transformers, this often requires an expulsion fuse be located internal to the tank in series with the current limiting fuses upstream.

This proposal is a collaboration with Rich Holub

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kenneth Crawford

Organization: The DuPont Company, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 13:36:56 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2417 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 189

Public Input No. 3170-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.26 ]

450.26 Oil-Insulated Transformers Installed Indoors.

Oil-insulated transformers installed indoors shall be installed in a vault constructed as specified in Part III ofthis article.

Exception No. 1: Where the total capacity does not exceed 112 1⁄2 kVA, the vault specified in Part III ofthis article shall be permitted to be constructed of reinforced concrete that is not less than 100 mm (4 in.)thick.

Exception No. 2: Where the nominal voltage does not exceed 1000 2000 , a vault shall not be required ifsuitable arrangements are made to prevent a transformer oil fire from igniting other materials and thetotal capacity in one location does not exceed 10 kVA in a section of the building classified ascombustible or 75 kVA where the surrounding structure is classified as fire-resistant construction.

Exception No. 3: Electric furnace transformers that have a total rating not exceeding 75 kVA shall bepermitted to be installed without a vault in a building or room of fire-resistant construction, providedsuitable arrangements are made to prevent a transformer oil fire from spreading to other combustiblematerial.

Exception No. 4: A transformer that has a total rating not exceeding 75 kVA and a supply voltage of 10002000 volts or less that is an integral part of charged-particle-accelerating equipment shall be permitted tobe installed without a vault in a building or room of noncombustible or fire-resistant construction,provided suitable arrangements are made to prevent a transformer oil fire from spreading to othercombustible material.

Exception No. 5: Transformers shall be permitted to be installed in a detached building that does notcomply with Part III of this article if neither the building nor its contents present a fire hazard to any otherbuilding or property, and if the building is used only in supplying electric service and the interior isaccessible only to qualified persons.

Exception No. 6: Oil-insulated transformers shall be permitted to be used without a vault in portable andmobile surface mining equipment (such as electric excavators) if each of the following conditions is met:

(a) Provision is made for draining leaking fluid to the ground.

(b) Safe egress is provided for personnel.

(c) A minimum 6-mm ( 1⁄4 -in.) steel barrier is provided for personnel protection.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2418 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 190

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:19:28 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2419 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 191

Public Input No. 784-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.27 ]

450.27 Oil-Insulated Transformers Installed Outdoors.

Combustible material, combustible buildings, and parts of combustible buildings, fire escapes, and door andwindow openings shall be safeguarded from fires originating in oil-insulated transformers installed on roofs,attached to or adjacent to a within 25 feet of a combustible building or combustible material .In caseswhere the transformer installation presents a fire hazard, by one or more of the following safeguardsshall be applied according to the degree of hazard involved :

(1) Space separations of at least 5 feet plus 1 foot per 100 gallons over 500 gallons. Distance shall bemeasured line of sight from any part of the transformer that contains oil and around fire-resistantbarriers, if any.

(2) Fire-resistant barriers rated 1 hour or, if the transformer contains more than 500 gallons of oil, 2hours.

(3) Automatic fire suppression systems

(4) Enclosures Non-combustible or fire resistant enclosures that confine the oil of a ruptured transformertank

It shall be permitted to have only one of these safeguards for a transformer that contains less than 500gallons of oil. It shall be permitted to have only two of these safeguards for a transformer having over 500gallons of oil. It shall be permitted to have only one of these safeguards if the building is not normallyoccupied by persons and does not include a bedroom.

Oil enclosures shall be permitted to consist of fire-resistant dikes of dikes , curbed areas or basins, ortrenches filled with coarse, crushed stone. Oil enclosures shall be provided with trapped drains where theexposure and the quantity of oil involved are such that removal of oil is important. with drains if thetransformer contains more than 500 gallons of oil. Drains shall be permited to have normally closed valves.

Informational Note: For additional information on transformers installed on poles or structures or underground, see ANSI C2-2007, National Electrical Safety Code.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The requirement was vague.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Billy Breitkreutz

Organization: Fluor Corporation

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jul 09 10:58:49 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2420 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 192

Public Input No. 2944-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.41 ]

450.41 Location.

Vaults shall be located where they can be ventilated to the outside air without using flues or ducts whereversuch an arrangement is practicable and approved by the AHJ .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This will allow the AHJ to approve a means to prevent over heating in special cases where the transformer is not directly ventilated to the exterior.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Jim Muir

Organization: Clark County, Washington, Building Safety Division

Affilliation: NFPA's Building Code Development Committee (BCDC)

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 31 11:00:03 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2421 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 193

Public Input No. 1216-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 450.43(C) ]

(C) Locks.

Doors shall be equipped with locks, and doors shall be kept locked, access being allowed only to qualifiedpersons. Personnel doors shall swing out open in the direction of egress and be equipped with panic bars,pressure plates, or other devices that are normally latched but open under simple pressure listed panichardware .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This section really needs to jive with the new (2014) language in 110.26(C)(3). It may have been a simple oversight that this language was not updated in the last revision cycle. The purpose of the change is to have consistency throughout the code.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Nick Sasso

Organization: State of Wyoming

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 00:30:18 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2422 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 194

Public Input No. 4013-NFPA 70-2014 [ Article 490 ]

Article 490 Equipment Over and systems over 1000 Volts, Nominal

Part I. General

490.1 Scope.

This article covers the general requirements for equipment and systems operating at more than 1000 volts,nominal.

Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 70E-2012, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, forelectrical safety requirements for employee workplaces.

Informational Note No. 2: For further information on hazard signs and labels, see ANSI Z535.4-1998,Product Signs and Safety Labels.

490.2 Definition.

High Voltage.

For the purposes of this article, more than 1000 volts, nominal.

490.3 Oil-Filled Equipment.

Installation of electrical equipment, other than transformers covered in Article 450, containing more than 38 L(10 gal) of flammable oil per unit shall meet the requirements of Parts II and III of Article 450.

Part II. Equipment — Specific Provisions

490.21 Circuit-Interrupting Devices.

(A) Circuit Breakers.

(1) Location.

(a) Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistantcell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualifiedpersons only.

(b) Circuit breakers used to control oil-filled transformers in a vault shall either be located outside thetransformer vault or be capable of operation from outside the vault.

(c) Oil circuit breakers shall be arranged or located so that adjacent readily combustible structures ormaterials are safeguarded in an approved manner.

(2) Operating Characteristics.

Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics:

(1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power

(2) Be release free (trip free)

(3) If capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operateindependently of the speed of the manual operation

(4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the maincontacts

(5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they maybe operated

(3) Nameplate.

A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trademark,manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting itsrating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information.

(4) Rating.

Circuit breakers shall have the following ratings:

(1) The continuous current rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum continuous currentthrough the circuit breaker.

(2) The interrupting rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum fault current the circuitbreaker will be required to interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) The closing rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum asymmetrical fault currentinto which the circuit breaker can be closed.

(4) The momentary rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum asymmetrical fault

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2464 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 195

current at the point of installation.

(5) The rated maximum voltage of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage.

(B) Power Fuses and Fuseholders.

(1) Use.

Where fuses are used to protect conductors and equipment, a fuse shall be placed in each ungroundedconductor. Two power fuses shall be permitted to be used in parallel to protect the same load if both fuseshave identical ratings and both fuses are installed in an identified common mounting with electricalconnections that divide the current equally. Power fuses of the vented type shall not be used indoors,underground, or in metal enclosures unless identified for the use.

(2) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum fault current the fuse is required tointerrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage. Fuses havinga minimum recommended operating voltage shall not be applied below this voltage.

(4) Identification of Fuse Mountings and Fuse Units.

Fuse mountings and fuse units shall have permanent and legible nameplates showing the manufacturer’s typeor designation, continuous current rating, interrupting current rating, and maximum voltage rating.

(5) Fuses.

Fuses that expel flame in opening the circuit shall be designed or arranged so that they function properlywithout hazard to persons or property.

(6) Fuseholders.

Fuseholders shall be designed or installed so that they are de-energized while a fuse is being replaced. Afield-applied permanent and legible sign, in accordance with 110.21(B) , shall be installed immediatelyadjacent to the fuseholders and shall be worded as follows:

DANGER — DISCONNECT CIRCUIT BEFORE REPLACING FUSES.

Exception: Fuses and fuseholders designed to permit fuse replacement by qualified persons usingidentified equipment without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be permitted.

(7) High-Voltage Fuses.

Switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operateddisconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switchbetween the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall beof the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting devicearranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capability of the switch.

Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuseswhere the switches are installed to provide connection to more than one set of supply conductors. Theswitches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses only when allswitches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more thanone source.

(C) Distribution Cutouts and Fuse Links — Expulsion Type.

(1) Installation.

Cutouts shall be located so that they may be readily and safely operated and re-fused, and so that theexhaust of the fuses does not endanger persons. Distribution cutouts shall not be used indoors, underground,or in metal enclosures.

(2) Operation.

Where fused cutouts are not suitable to interrupt the circuit manually while carrying full load, an approvedmeans shall be installed to interrupt the entire load. Unless the fused cutouts are interlocked with the switchto prevent opening of the cutouts under load, a conspicuous sign shall be placed at such cutouts identifyingthat they shall not be operated under load.

(3) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of distribution cutouts shall not be less than the maximum fault current the cutout isrequired to interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(4) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of cutouts shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage.

(5) Identification.

Distribution cutouts shall have on their body, door, or fuse tube a permanent and legible nameplate oridentification showing the manufacturer’s type or designation, continuous current rating, maximum voltagerating, and interrupting rating.

(6) Fuse Links.

Fuse links shall have a permanent and legible identification showing continuous current rating and type.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2465 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 196

(7) Structure Mounted Outdoors.

The height of cutouts mounted outdoors on structures shall provide safe clearance between lowest energizedparts (open or closed position) and standing surfaces, in accordance with 110.34(E) .

(D) Oil-Filled Cutouts.

(1) Continuous Current Rating.

The continuous current rating of oil-filled cutouts shall not be less than the maximum continuous currentthrough the cutout.

(2) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of oil-filled cutouts shall not be less than the maximum fault current the oil-filled cutoutis required to interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of oil-filled cutouts shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage.

(4) Fault Closing Rating.

Oil-filled cutouts shall have a fault closing rating not less than the maximum asymmetrical fault current thatcan occur at the cutout location, unless suitable interlocks or operating procedures preclude the possibility ofclosing into a fault.

(5) Identification.

Oil-filled cutouts shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing the rated continuous current, ratedmaximum voltage, and rated interrupting current.

(6) Fuse Links.

Fuse links shall have a permanent and legible identification showing the rated continuous current.

(7) Location.

Cutouts shall be located so that they are readily and safely accessible for re-fusing, with the top of thecutout not over 1.5 m (5 ft) above the floor or platform.

(8) Enclosure.

Suitable barriers or enclosures shall be provided to prevent contact with nonshielded cables or energizedparts of oil-filled cutouts.

(E) Load Interrupters.

Load-interrupter switches shall be permitted if suitable fuses or circuit breakers are used in conjunction withthese devices to interrupt fault currents. Where these devices are used in combination, they shall becoordinated electrically so that they will safely withstand the effects of closing, carrying, or interrupting allpossible currents up to the assigned maximum short-circuit rating.

Where more than one switch is installed with interconnected load terminals to provide for alternateconnection to different supply conductors, each switch shall be provided with a conspicuous sign identifyingthis hazard.

(1) Continuous Current Rating.

The continuous current rating of interrupter switches shall equal or exceed the maximum continuous currentat the point of installation.

(2) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of interrupter switches shall equal or exceed the maximum circuit voltage.

(3) Identification.

Interrupter switches shall have a permanent and legible nameplate including the following information:manufacturer’s type or designation, continuous current rating, interrupting current rating, fault closing rating,maximum voltage rating.

(4) Switching of Conductors.

The switching mechanism shall be arranged to be operated from a location where the operator is notexposed to energized parts and shall be arranged to open all ungrounded conductors of the circuitsimultaneously with one operation. Switches shall be arranged to be locked in the open position. Metal-enclosed switches shall be operable from outside the enclosure.

(5) Stored Energy for Opening.

The stored-energy operator shall be permitted to be left in the uncharged position after the switch has beenclosed if a single movement of the operating handle charges the operator and opens the switch.

(6) Supply Terminals.

The supply terminals of fused interrupter switches shall be installed at the top of the switch enclosure, or, ifthe terminals are located elsewhere, the equipment shall have barriers installed so as to prevent personsfrom accidentally contacting energized parts or dropping tools or fuses into energized parts.

490.22 Isolating Means.

Means shall be provided to completely isolate an item of equipment from all ungrounded conductors. The useof isolating switches shall not be required where there are other ways of de-energizing the equipment forinspection and repairs, such as draw-out-type switchgear units and removable truck panels.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2466 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 197

Isolating switches not interlocked with an approved circuit-interrupting device shall be provided with a signwarning against opening them under load. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .

An identified fuseholder and fuse shall be permitted as an isolating switch.

490.23 Voltage Regulators.

Proper switching sequence for regulators shall be ensured by use of one of the following:

(1) Mechanically sequenced regulator bypass switch(es)

(2) Mechanical interlocks

(3) Switching procedure prominently displayed at the switching location

490.24 Minimum Space Separation.

In field-fabricated installations, the minimum air separation between bare live conductors and between suchconductors and adjacent grounded surfaces shall not be less than the values given in Table 490.24. Thesevalues shall not apply to interior portions or exterior terminals of equipment designed, manufactured, andtested in accordance with accepted national standards.

Table 490.24 Minimum Clearance of Live Parts

Nominal VoltageRating (kV)

Impulse Withstand, Basic ImpulseLevel B.I.L (kV)

Minimum Clearance of Live Parts

Phase-to-Phase Phase-to-Ground

Indoors Outdoors Indoors Outdoors

Indoors Outdoors mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

2.4–4.16 60 95 115 4.5 180 7 80 3.0 155 6

  7.2 75 95 140 5.5 180 7 105 4.0 155 6

 13.8 95 110 195 7.5 305 12 130 5.0 180 7

 14.4 110 110 230 9.0 305 12 170 6.5 180 7

 23 125 150 270 10.5 385 15 190 7.5 255 10

 34.5 150 150 320 12.5 385 15 245 9.5 255 10

200 200 460 18.0 460 18 335 13.0 335 13

 46 — 200 — — 460 18 — — 335 13

— 250 — — 535 21 — — 435 17

 69 — 250 — — 535 21 — — 435 17

— 350 — — 790 31 — — 635 25

115 — 550 — — 1350 53 — — 1070 42

138 — 550 — — 1350 53 — — 1070 42

— 650 — — 1605 63 — — 1270 50

161 — 650 — — 1605 63 — — 1270 50

— 750 — — 1830 72 — — 1475 58

230 — 750 — — 1830 72 — — 1475 58

— 900 — — 2265 89 — — 1805 71

— 1050 — — 2670 105 — — 2110 83

Note: The values given are the minimum clearance for rigid parts and bare conductors under favorableservice conditions. They shall be increased for conductor movement or under unfavorable service conditionsor wherever space limitations permit. The selection of the associated impulse withstand voltage for aparticular system voltage is determined by the characteristics of the surge protective equipment.

490.25 Backfeed.

Installations where the possibility of backfeed exists shall comply with (a) and (b), which follow.

(a) A permanent sign in accordance with 110.21(B) shall be installed on the disconnecting meansenclosure or immediately adjacent to open disconnecting means with the following words or equivalent:DANGER — CONTACTS ON EITHER SIDE OF THIS DEVICE MAY BE ENERGIZED BY BACKFEED.

(b) A permanent and legible single-line diagram of the local switching arrangement, clearly identifying eachpoint of connection to the high-voltage section, shall be provided within sight of each point ofconnection.

Part III. Equipment — Switchgear and Industrial Control Assemblies

490.30 General.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2467 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 198

Part III covers assemblies of switchgear and industrial control equipment including, but not limited to,switches and interrupting devices and their control, metering, protection, and regulating equipment wherethey are an integral part of the assembly, with associated interconnections and supporting structures. Part IIIalso includes switchgear assemblies that form a part of unit substations, power centers, or similarequipment.

490.31 Arrangement of Devices in Assemblies.

Arrangement of devices in assemblies shall be such that individual components can safely perform theirintended function without adversely affecting the safe operation of other components in the assembly.

490.32 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within a Compartment.

Where access for other than visual inspection is required to a compartment that contains energizedhigh-voltage parts, barriers shall be provided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, or otherequipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts shall only be permitted in compartments accessible toqualified persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future replacement without de-energizing thefuseholder shall only be permitted for use by qualified persons.

490.33 Guarding of Energized Parts Operating at 1000 Volts, Nominal, or Less Within Compartments.

Energized bare parts mounted on doors shall be guarded where the door must be opened for maintenanceof equipment or removal of draw-out equipment.

490.34 Clearance for Cable Conductors Entering Enclosure.

The unobstructed space opposite terminals or opposite raceways or cables entering a switchgear or controlassembly shall be approved for the type of conductor and method of termination.

490.35 Accessibility of Energized Parts.

(A) High-Voltage Equipment.

Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked.Permanent signs in accordance with 110.21(B) shall be installed on panels or doors that provide access tolive parts over 1000 volts and shall read DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT.

(B) Control Equipment.

Where operating at 1000 volts, nominal, or less, control equipment, relays, motors, and the like shall not beinstalled in compartments with exposed high-voltage energized parts or high-voltage wiring, unless either ofthe following conditions is met:

(1) The access means is interlocked with the high-voltage switch or disconnecting means to prevent theaccess means from being opened or removed.

(2) The high-voltage switch or disconnecting means is in the isolating position.

(C) High-Voltage Instruments or Control Transformers and Space Heaters.

High-voltage instrument or control transformers and space heaters shall be permitted to be installed in thehigh-voltage compartment without access restrictions beyond those that apply to the high-voltagecompartment generally.

490.36 Grounding.

Frames of switchgear and control assemblies shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor or,where permitted, the grounded conductor.

490.37 Grounding of Devices.

The metal cases or frames, or both, such as those of instruments, relays, meters, and instrument andcontrol transformers, located in or on switchgear or control assemblies, shall be connected to an equipmentgrounding conductor or, where permitted, the grounded conductor.

490.38 Door Stops and Cover Plates.

External hinged doors or covers shall be provided with stops to hold them in the open position. Cover platesintended to be removed for inspection of energized parts or wiring shall be equipped with lifting handles and

shall not exceed 1.1 m2 (12 ft2) in area or 27 kg (60 lb) in weight, unless they are hinged and bolted orlocked.

490.39 Gas Discharge from Interrupting Devices.

Gas discharged during operating of interrupting devices shall be directed so as not to endanger personnel.

490.40 Visual Inspection Windows.

Windows intended for visual inspection of disconnecting switches or other devices shall be of suitabletransparent material.

490.41 Location of Industrial Control Equipment.

Routinely operated industrial control equipment shall meet the requirements of (A) unless infrequentlyoperated, as covered in 490.41(B) .

(A) Control and Instrument Transfer Switch Handles or Push Buttons.

Control and instrument transfer switch handles or push buttons shall be in a readily accessible location at anelevation of not over 2.0 m (6 ft 7 in.).

Exception: Operating handles requiring more than 23 kg (50 lb) of force shall be located no higher than

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2468 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 199

1.7 m (66 in.) in either the open or closed position.

(B) Infrequently Operated Devices.

Where operating handles for such devices as draw-out fuses, fused potential or control transformers andtheir primary disconnects, and bus transfer and isolating switches are only operated infrequently, the handlesshall be permitted to be located where they are safely operable and serviceable from a portable platform.

490.42 Interlocks — Interrupter Switches.

Interrupter switches equipped with stored energy mechanisms shall have mechanical interlocks to preventaccess to the switch compartment unless the stored energy mechanism is in the discharged or blockedposition.

490.43 Stored Energy for Opening.

The stored energy operator shall be permitted to be left in the uncharged position after the switch has beenclosed if a single movement of the operating handle charges the operator and opens the switch.

490.44 Fused Interrupter Switches.

(A) Supply Terminals.

The supply terminals of fused interrupter switches shall be installed at the top of the switch enclosure or, ifthe terminals are located elsewhere, the equipment shall have barriers installed so as to prevent personsfrom accidentally contacting energized parts or dropping tools or fuses into energized parts.

(B) Backfeed.

Where fuses can be energized by backfeed, a sign shall be placed on the enclosure door identifying thishazard.

(C) Switching Mechanism.

The switching mechanism shall be arranged to be operated from a location outside the enclosure where theoperator is not exposed to energized parts and shall be arranged to open all ungrounded conductors of thecircuit simultaneously with one operation. Switches shall be lockable in accordance with 110.25.

490.45 Circuit Breakers — Interlocks.

(A) Circuit Breakers.

Circuit breakers equipped with stored energy mechanisms shall be designed to prevent the release of thestored energy unless the mechanism has been fully charged.

(B) Mechanical Interlocks.

Mechanical interlocks shall be provided in the housing to prevent the complete withdrawal of the circuitbreaker from the housing when the stored energy mechanism is in the fully charged position, unless asuitable device is provided to block the closing function of the circuit breaker before complete withdrawal.

490.46 Circuit Breaker Locking.

Circuit breakers shall be capable of being locked in the open position or, if they are installed in a drawoutmechanism, that mechanism shall be capable of being locked in such a position that the mechanism cannotbe moved into the connected position. In either case, the provision for locking shall be lockable inaccordance with 110.25.

490.47 Switchgear Used as Service Equipment.

Switchgear installed as high-voltage service equipment shall include a ground bus for the connection ofservice cable shields and to facilitate the attachment of safety grounds for personnel protection. This busshall be extended into the compartment where the service conductors are terminated. Where thecompartment door or panel provides access to parts that can only be de-energized and visibly isolated bythe serving utility, the warning sign required by 490.35(A) shall include a notice that access is limited to theserving utility or is permitted only following an authorization of the serving utility.

490.48 Substation Design, Documentation, and Required Diagram.

(A) Design and Documentation.

Substations shall be designed by a qualified licensed professional engineer. Where components or theentirety of the substation are listed by a qualified electrical testing laboratory, documentation of internaldesign features subject to the listing investigation shall not be required. The design shall address but not belimited to the following topics and the documentation of this design shall be made available to the authorityhaving jurisdiction.

(1) Clearances and exits

(2) Electrical enclosures

(3) Securing and support of electrical equipment

(4) Fire protection

(5) Safety ground connection provisions

(6) Guarding live parts

(7) Transformers and voltage

(8) Conductor insulation, electrical and mechanical protection, isolation, and terminations

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2469 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 200

(9) Application, arrangement, and disconnection of circuit breakers, switches, and fuses

(10) Provisions for oil filled equipment

(11) Switchgear

(12) Surge arrestors

(B) Diagram.

A permanent, single-line diagram of the switchgear shall be provided in a readily visible location within thesame room or enclosed area with the switchgear, and this diagram shall clearly identify interlocks, isolationmeans, and all possible sources of voltage to the installation under normal or emergency conditions and themarking on the switchgear shall cross-reference the diagram.

Exception: Where the equipment consists solely of a single cubicle or metal-enclosed unit substationcontaining only one set of high-voltage switching devices, diagrams shall not be required.

Part IV. Mobile and Portable Equipment

490.51 General.

(A) Covered.

The provisions of this part shall apply to installations and use of high-voltage power distribution and utilizationequipment that is portable, mobile, or both, such as substations and switch houses mounted on skids,trailers, or cars; mobile shovels; draglines; cranes; hoists; drills; dredges; compressors; pumps; conveyors;underground excavators; and the like.

(B) Other Requirements.

The requirements of this part shall be additional to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Articles 100through 725 of this Code. Special attention shall be paid to Article 250.

(C) Protection.

Approved enclosures or guarding, or both, shall be provided to protect portable and mobile equipment fromphysical damage.

(D) Disconnecting Means.

Disconnecting means shall be installed for mobile and portable high-voltage equipment according to therequirements of Part VIII of Article 230 and shall disconnect all ungrounded conductors.

490.52 Overcurrent Protection.

Motors driving single or multiple dc generators supplying a system operating on a cyclic load basis do notrequire overload protection, provided that the thermal rating of the ac drive motor cannot be exceeded underany operating condition. The branch-circuit protective device(s) shall provide short-circuit and locked-rotorprotection and shall be permitted to be external to the equipment.

490.53 Enclosures.

All energized switching and control parts shall be enclosed in grounded metal cabinets or enclosures. Thesecabinets or enclosures shall be marked DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT and shall be locked sothat only authorized and qualified persons can enter. The danger marking(s) or label(s) shall comply with110.21(B) . Circuit breakers and protective equipment shall have the operating means projecting through themetal cabinet or enclosure so these units can be reset without opening locked doors. With doors closed,safe access for normal operation of these units shall be provided.

490.54 Collector Rings.

The collector ring assemblies on revolving-type machines (shovels, draglines, etc.) shall be guarded toprevent accidental contact with energized parts by personnel on or off the machine.

490.55 Power Cable Connections to Mobile Machines.

A metallic enclosure shall be provided on the mobile machine for enclosing the terminals of the power cable.The enclosure shall include terminal connections to the machine frame for the equipment groundingconductor. Ungrounded conductors shall be attached to insulators or be terminated in approved high-voltagecable couplers (which include equipment grounding conductor connectors) of proper voltage and ampererating. The method of cable termination used shall prevent any strain or pull on the cable from stressing theelectrical connections. The enclosure shall have provision for locking so that only authorized and qualifiedpersons may open it and shall be marked as follows:

DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT.

The danger marking(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .

490.56 High-Voltage Portable Cable for Main Power Supply.

Flexible high-voltage cable supplying power to portable or mobile equipment shall comply with Article 250and Article 400, Part III.

Part V. Electrode-Type Boilers

490.70 General.

The provisions of Part V shall apply to boilers operating over 1000 volts, nominal, in which heat is generatedby the passage of current between electrodes through the liquid being heated.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2470 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 201

490.71 Electrical Supply System.

Electrode-type boilers shall be supplied only from a 3-phase, 4-wire solidly grounded wye system, or fromisolating transformers arranged to provide such a system. Control circuit voltages shall not exceed 150 volts,shall be supplied from a grounded system, and shall have the controls in the ungrounded conductor.

490.72 Branch-Circuit Requirements.

(A) Rating.

Each boiler shall be supplied from an individual branch circuit rated not less than 100 percent of the totalload.

(B) Common-Trip Fault-Interrupting Device.

The circuit shall be protected by a 3-phase, common-trip fault-interrupting device, which shall be permitted toautomatically reclose the circuit upon removal of an overload condition but shall not reclose after a faultcondition.

(C) Phase-Fault Protection.

Phase-fault protection shall be provided in each phase, consisting of a separate phase-overcurrent relayconnected to a separate current transformer in the phase.

(D) Ground Current Detection.

Means shall be provided for detection of the sum of the neutral conductor and equipment groundingconductor currents and shall trip the circuit-interrupting device if the sum of those currents exceeds thegreater of 5 amperes or 7 1⁄2 percent of the boiler full-load current for 10 seconds or exceeds aninstantaneous value of 25 percent of the boiler full-load current.

(E) Grounded Neutral Conductor.

The grounded neutral conductor shall be as follows:

(1) Connected to the pressure vessel containing the electrodes

(2) Insulated for not less than 1000 volts

(3) Have not less than the ampacity of the largest ungrounded branch-circuit conductor

(4) Installed with the ungrounded conductors in the same raceway, cable, or cable tray, or, where installedas open conductors, in close proximity to the ungrounded conductors

(5) Not used for any other circuit

490.73 Pressure and Temperature Limit Control.

Each boiler shall be equipped with a means to limit the maximum temperature, pressure, or both, by directlyor indirectly interrupting all current flow through the electrodes. Such means shall be in addition to thetemperature, pressure, or both, regulating systems and pressure relief or safety valves.

490.74 Bonding.

All exposed non–current-carrying metal parts of the boiler and associated exposed metal structures orequipment shall be bonded to the pressure vessel or to the neutral conductor to which the vessel isconnected in accordance with 250.102, except the ampacity of the bonding jumper shall not be less than theampacity of the neutral conductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This proposal is intended to raise the level of discussion about whether the NEC should begin expanding its scope into medium voltage power distribution systems to establish a faster-moving platform for leading practice discovery in multi-building campus power distribution systems. In many cases, campuses with 10-1000 buildings are regarded as "premise wiring" when these campuses have one or more identified "service points". Upstream from the service point we have the National Electrical Safety Code, revised by the IEEE every 5 years, governing regulated utility safety practice. By comparison we do not have much bright line guidance premise systems (and all the "equipment" that comes with it) over 1000 volts. These large power systems -- some with hundreds of MVA of connected load, hundreds of miles of medium voltage cabling, and hundreds of megawatt district energy generating capability at one University -- would benefit from the 3 year revision cycle and the technical visibility the NEC provides.

One concept that could help the engineering culture would be the expansion of medium voltage resistance grounding for these large premise wiring systems. There are others, but first we have to decide if expanding this section's scope is a good way to start.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2471 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 202

Affilliation:IEEE Educational & Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySubcommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 19:21:08 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2472 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 203

Public Input No. 3181-NFPA 70-2014 [ Article 490 ]

Article 490 Equipment Over 1000 2000 Volts, Nominal

Part I. General

490.1 Scope.

This article covers the general requirements for equipment operating at more than 1000 2000 volts,nominal.

Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 70E-2012, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, forelectrical safety requirements for employee workplaces.

Informational Note No. 2: For further information on hazard signs and labels, see ANSI Z535.4-1998,Product Signs and Safety Labels.

490.2 Definition.

High Voltage.

For the purposes of this article, more than 1000 2000 volts, nominal.

490.3 Oil-Filled Equipment.

Installation of electrical equipment, other than transformers covered in Article 450, containing more than 38 L(10 gal) of flammable oil per unit shall meet the requirements of Parts II and III of Article 450.

Part II. Equipment — Specific Provisions

490.21 Circuit-Interrupting Devices.

(A) Circuit Breakers.

(1) Location.

(a) Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistantcell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualifiedpersons only.

(b) Circuit breakers used to control oil-filled transformers in a vault shall either be located outside thetransformer vault or be capable of operation from outside the vault.

(c) Oil circuit breakers shall be arranged or located so that adjacent readily combustible structures ormaterials are safeguarded in an approved manner.

(2) Operating Characteristics.

Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics:

(1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power

(2) Be release free (trip free)

(3) If capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operateindependently of the speed of the manual operation

(4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the maincontacts

(5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they maybe operated

(3) Nameplate.

A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trademark,manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting itsrating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information.

(4) Rating.

Circuit breakers shall have the following ratings:

(1) The continuous current rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum continuous currentthrough the circuit breaker.

(2) The interrupting rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum fault current the circuitbreaker will be required to interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) The closing rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum asymmetrical fault currentinto which the circuit breaker can be closed.

(4) The momentary rating of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum asymmetrical fault

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2455 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 204

current at the point of installation.

(5) The rated maximum voltage of a circuit breaker shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage.

(B) Power Fuses and Fuseholders.

(1) Use.

Where fuses are used to protect conductors and equipment, a fuse shall be placed in each ungroundedconductor. Two power fuses shall be permitted to be used in parallel to protect the same load if both fuseshave identical ratings and both fuses are installed in an identified common mounting with electricalconnections that divide the current equally. Power fuses of the vented type shall not be used indoors,underground, or in metal enclosures unless identified for the use.

(2) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum fault current the fuse is required tointerrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage. Fuses havinga minimum recommended operating voltage shall not be applied below this voltage.

(4) Identification of Fuse Mountings and Fuse Units.

Fuse mountings and fuse units shall have permanent and legible nameplates showing the manufacturer’s typeor designation, continuous current rating, interrupting current rating, and maximum voltage rating.

(5) Fuses.

Fuses that expel flame in opening the circuit shall be designed or arranged so that they function properlywithout hazard to persons or property.

(6) Fuseholders.

Fuseholders shall be designed or installed so that they are de-energized while a fuse is being replaced. Afield-applied permanent and legible sign, in accordance with 110.21(B) , shall be installed immediatelyadjacent to the fuseholders and shall be worded as follows:

DANGER — DISCONNECT CIRCUIT BEFORE REPLACING FUSES.

Exception: Fuses and fuseholders designed to permit fuse replacement by qualified persons usingidentified equipment without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be permitted.

(7) High-Voltage Fuses.

Switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operateddisconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switchbetween the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall beof the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting devicearranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capability of the switch.

Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuseswhere the switches are installed to provide connection to more than one set of supply conductors. Theswitches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses only when allswitches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more thanone source.

(C) Distribution Cutouts and Fuse Links — Expulsion Type.

(1) Installation.

Cutouts shall be located so that they may be readily and safely operated and re-fused, and so that theexhaust of the fuses does not endanger persons. Distribution cutouts shall not be used indoors, underground,or in metal enclosures.

(2) Operation.

Where fused cutouts are not suitable to interrupt the circuit manually while carrying full load, an approvedmeans shall be installed to interrupt the entire load. Unless the fused cutouts are interlocked with the switchto prevent opening of the cutouts under load, a conspicuous sign shall be placed at such cutouts identifyingthat they shall not be operated under load.

(3) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of distribution cutouts shall not be less than the maximum fault current the cutout isrequired to interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(4) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of cutouts shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage.

(5) Identification.

Distribution cutouts shall have on their body, door, or fuse tube a permanent and legible nameplate oridentification showing the manufacturer’s type or designation, continuous current rating, maximum voltagerating, and interrupting rating.

(6) Fuse Links.

Fuse links shall have a permanent and legible identification showing continuous current rating and type.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2456 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 205

(7) Structure Mounted Outdoors.

The height of cutouts mounted outdoors on structures shall provide safe clearance between lowest energizedparts (open or closed position) and standing surfaces, in accordance with 110.34(E) .

(D) Oil-Filled Cutouts.

(1) Continuous Current Rating.

The continuous current rating of oil-filled cutouts shall not be less than the maximum continuous currentthrough the cutout.

(2) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of oil-filled cutouts shall not be less than the maximum fault current the oil-filled cutoutis required to interrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of oil-filled cutouts shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage.

(4) Fault Closing Rating.

Oil-filled cutouts shall have a fault closing rating not less than the maximum asymmetrical fault current thatcan occur at the cutout location, unless suitable interlocks or operating procedures preclude the possibility ofclosing into a fault.

(5) Identification.

Oil-filled cutouts shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing the rated continuous current, ratedmaximum voltage, and rated interrupting current.

(6) Fuse Links.

Fuse links shall have a permanent and legible identification showing the rated continuous current.

(7) Location.

Cutouts shall be located so that they are readily and safely accessible for re-fusing, with the top of thecutout not over 1.5 m (5 ft) above the floor or platform.

(8) Enclosure.

Suitable barriers or enclosures shall be provided to prevent contact with nonshielded cables or energizedparts of oil-filled cutouts.

(E) Load Interrupters.

Load-interrupter switches shall be permitted if suitable fuses or circuit breakers are used in conjunction withthese devices to interrupt fault currents. Where these devices are used in combination, they shall becoordinated electrically so that they will safely withstand the effects of closing, carrying, or interrupting allpossible currents up to the assigned maximum short-circuit rating.

Where more than one switch is installed with interconnected load terminals to provide for alternateconnection to different supply conductors, each switch shall be provided with a conspicuous sign identifyingthis hazard.

(1) Continuous Current Rating.

The continuous current rating of interrupter switches shall equal or exceed the maximum continuous currentat the point of installation.

(2) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of interrupter switches shall equal or exceed the maximum circuit voltage.

(3) Identification.

Interrupter switches shall have a permanent and legible nameplate including the following information:manufacturer’s type or designation, continuous current rating, interrupting current rating, fault closing rating,maximum voltage rating.

(4) Switching of Conductors.

The switching mechanism shall be arranged to be operated from a location where the operator is notexposed to energized parts and shall be arranged to open all ungrounded conductors of the circuitsimultaneously with one operation. Switches shall be arranged to be locked in the open position. Metal-enclosed switches shall be operable from outside the enclosure.

(5) Stored Energy for Opening.

The stored-energy operator shall be permitted to be left in the uncharged position after the switch has beenclosed if a single movement of the operating handle charges the operator and opens the switch.

(6) Supply Terminals.

The supply terminals of fused interrupter switches shall be installed at the top of the switch enclosure, or, ifthe terminals are located elsewhere, the equipment shall have barriers installed so as to prevent personsfrom accidentally contacting energized parts or dropping tools or fuses into energized parts.

490.22 Isolating Means.

Means shall be provided to completely isolate an item of equipment from all ungrounded conductors. The useof isolating switches shall not be required where there are other ways of de-energizing the equipment forinspection and repairs, such as draw-out-type switchgear units and removable truck panels.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2457 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 206

Isolating switches not interlocked with an approved circuit-interrupting device shall be provided with a signwarning against opening them under load. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .

An identified fuseholder and fuse shall be permitted as an isolating switch.

490.23 Voltage Regulators.

Proper switching sequence for regulators shall be ensured by use of one of the following:

(1) Mechanically sequenced regulator bypass switch(es)

(2) Mechanical interlocks

(3) Switching procedure prominently displayed at the switching location

490.24 Minimum Space Separation.

In field-fabricated installations, the minimum air separation between bare live conductors and between suchconductors and adjacent grounded surfaces shall not be less than the values given in Table 490.24. Thesevalues shall not apply to interior portions or exterior terminals of equipment designed, manufactured, andtested in accordance with accepted national standards.

Table 490.24 Minimum Clearance of Live Parts

Nominal VoltageRating (kV)

Impulse Withstand, Basic ImpulseLevel B.I.L (kV)

Minimum Clearance of Live Parts

Phase-to-Phase Phase-to-Ground

Indoors Outdoors Indoors Outdoors

Indoors Outdoors mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

2.4–4.16 60 95 115 4.5 180 7 80 3.0 155 6

  7.2 75 95 140 5.5 180 7 105 4.0 155 6

 13.8 95 110 195 7.5 305 12 130 5.0 180 7

 14.4 110 110 230 9.0 305 12 170 6.5 180 7

 23 125 150 270 10.5 385 15 190 7.5 255 10

 34.5 150 150 320 12.5 385 15 245 9.5 255 10

200 200 460 18.0 460 18 335 13.0 335 13

 46 — 200 — — 460 18 — — 335 13

— 250 — — 535 21 — — 435 17

 69 — 250 — — 535 21 — — 435 17

— 350 — — 790 31 — — 635 25

115 — 550 — — 1350 53 — — 1070 42

138 — 550 — — 1350 53 — — 1070 42

— 650 — — 1605 63 — — 1270 50

161 — 650 — — 1605 63 — — 1270 50

— 750 — — 1830 72 — — 1475 58

230 — 750 — — 1830 72 — — 1475 58

— 900 — — 2265 89 — — 1805 71

— 1050 — — 2670 105 — — 2110 83

Note: The values given are the minimum clearance for rigid parts and bare conductors under favorableservice conditions. They shall be increased for conductor movement or under unfavorable service conditionsor wherever space limitations permit. The selection of the associated impulse withstand voltage for aparticular system voltage is determined by the characteristics of the surge protective equipment.

490.25 Backfeed.

Installations where the possibility of backfeed exists shall comply with (a) and (b), which follow.

(a) A permanent sign in accordance with 110.21(B) shall be installed on the disconnecting meansenclosure or immediately adjacent to open disconnecting means with the following words or equivalent:DANGER — CONTACTS ON EITHER SIDE OF THIS DEVICE MAY BE ENERGIZED BY BACKFEED.

(b) A permanent and legible single-line diagram of the local switching arrangement, clearly identifying eachpoint of connection to the high-voltage section, shall be provided within sight of each point ofconnection.

Part III. Equipment — Switchgear and Industrial Control Assemblies

490.30 General.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2458 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 207

Part III covers assemblies of switchgear and industrial control equipment including, but not limited to,switches and interrupting devices and their control, metering, protection, and regulating equipment wherethey are an integral part of the assembly, with associated interconnections and supporting structures. Part IIIalso includes switchgear assemblies that form a part of unit substations, power centers, or similarequipment.

490.31 Arrangement of Devices in Assemblies.

Arrangement of devices in assemblies shall be such that individual components can safely perform theirintended function without adversely affecting the safe operation of other components in the assembly.

490.32 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within a Compartment.

Where access for other than visual inspection is required to a compartment that contains energizedhigh-voltage parts, barriers shall be provided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, or otherequipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts shall only be permitted in compartments accessible toqualified persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future replacement without de-energizing thefuseholder shall only be permitted for use by qualified persons.

490.33 Guarding of Energized Parts Operating at 1000 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less WithinCompartments.

Energized bare parts mounted on doors shall be guarded where the door must be opened for maintenanceof equipment or removal of draw-out equipment.

490.34 Clearance for Cable Conductors Entering Enclosure.

The unobstructed space opposite terminals or opposite raceways or cables entering a switchgear or controlassembly shall be approved for the type of conductor and method of termination.

490.35 Accessibility of Energized Parts.

(A) High-Voltage Equipment.

Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked.Permanent signs in accordance with 110.21(B) shall be installed on panels or doors that provide access tolive parts over 1000 2000 volts and shall read DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT.

(B) Control Equipment.

Where operating at 1000 2000 volts, nominal, or less, control equipment, relays, motors, and the like shallnot be installed in compartments with exposed high-voltage energized parts or high-voltage wiring, unlesseither of the following conditions is met:

(1) The access means is interlocked with the high-voltage switch or disconnecting means to prevent theaccess means from being opened or removed.

(2) The high-voltage switch or disconnecting means is in the isolating position.

(C) High-Voltage Instruments or Control Transformers and Space Heaters.

High-voltage instrument or control transformers and space heaters shall be permitted to be installed in thehigh-voltage compartment without access restrictions beyond those that apply to the high-voltagecompartment generally.

490.36 Grounding.

Frames of switchgear and control assemblies shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor or,where permitted, the grounded conductor.

490.37 Grounding of Devices.

The metal cases or frames, or both, such as those of instruments, relays, meters, and instrument andcontrol transformers, located in or on switchgear or control assemblies, shall be connected to an equipmentgrounding conductor or, where permitted, the grounded conductor.

490.38 Door Stops and Cover Plates.

External hinged doors or covers shall be provided with stops to hold them in the open position. Cover platesintended to be removed for inspection of energized parts or wiring shall be equipped with lifting handles and

shall not exceed 1.1 m2 (12 ft2) in area or 27 kg (60 lb) in weight, unless they are hinged and bolted orlocked.

490.39 Gas Discharge from Interrupting Devices.

Gas discharged during operating of interrupting devices shall be directed so as not to endanger personnel.

490.40 Visual Inspection Windows.

Windows intended for visual inspection of disconnecting switches or other devices shall be of suitabletransparent material.

490.41 Location of Industrial Control Equipment.

Routinely operated industrial control equipment shall meet the requirements of (A) unless infrequentlyoperated, as covered in 490.41(B) .

(A) Control and Instrument Transfer Switch Handles or Push Buttons.

Control and instrument transfer switch handles or push buttons shall be in a readily accessible location at anelevation of not over 2.0 m (6 ft 7 in.).

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2459 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 208

Exception: Operating handles requiring more than 23 kg (50 lb) of force shall be located no higher than1.7 m (66 in.) in either the open or closed position.

(B) Infrequently Operated Devices.

Where operating handles for such devices as draw-out fuses, fused potential or control transformers andtheir primary disconnects, and bus transfer and isolating switches are only operated infrequently, the handlesshall be permitted to be located where they are safely operable and serviceable from a portable platform.

490.42 Interlocks — Interrupter Switches.

Interrupter switches equipped with stored energy mechanisms shall have mechanical interlocks to preventaccess to the switch compartment unless the stored energy mechanism is in the discharged or blockedposition.

490.43 Stored Energy for Opening.

The stored energy operator shall be permitted to be left in the uncharged position after the switch has beenclosed if a single movement of the operating handle charges the operator and opens the switch.

490.44 Fused Interrupter Switches.

(A) Supply Terminals.

The supply terminals of fused interrupter switches shall be installed at the top of the switch enclosure or, ifthe terminals are located elsewhere, the equipment shall have barriers installed so as to prevent personsfrom accidentally contacting energized parts or dropping tools or fuses into energized parts.

(B) Backfeed.

Where fuses can be energized by backfeed, a sign shall be placed on the enclosure door identifying thishazard.

(C) Switching Mechanism.

The switching mechanism shall be arranged to be operated from a location outside the enclosure where theoperator is not exposed to energized parts and shall be arranged to open all ungrounded conductors of thecircuit simultaneously with one operation. Switches shall be lockable in accordance with 110.25.

490.45 Circuit Breakers — Interlocks.

(A) Circuit Breakers.

Circuit breakers equipped with stored energy mechanisms shall be designed to prevent the release of thestored energy unless the mechanism has been fully charged.

(B) Mechanical Interlocks.

Mechanical interlocks shall be provided in the housing to prevent the complete withdrawal of the circuitbreaker from the housing when the stored energy mechanism is in the fully charged position, unless asuitable device is provided to block the closing function of the circuit breaker before complete withdrawal.

490.46 Circuit Breaker Locking.

Circuit breakers shall be capable of being locked in the open position or, if they are installed in a drawoutmechanism, that mechanism shall be capable of being locked in such a position that the mechanism cannotbe moved into the connected position. In either case, the provision for locking shall be lockable inaccordance with 110.25.

490.47 Switchgear Used as Service Equipment.

Switchgear installed as high-voltage service equipment shall include a ground bus for the connection ofservice cable shields and to facilitate the attachment of safety grounds for personnel protection. This busshall be extended into the compartment where the service conductors are terminated. Where thecompartment door or panel provides access to parts that can only be de-energized and visibly isolated bythe serving utility, the warning sign required by 490.35(A) shall include a notice that access is limited to theserving utility or is permitted only following an authorization of the serving utility.

490.48 Substation Design, Documentation, and Required Diagram.

(A) Design and Documentation.

Substations shall be designed by a qualified licensed professional engineer. Where components or theentirety of the substation are listed by a qualified electrical testing laboratory, documentation of internaldesign features subject to the listing investigation shall not be required. The design shall address but not belimited to the following topics and the documentation of this design shall be made available to the authorityhaving jurisdiction.

(1) Clearances and exits

(2) Electrical enclosures

(3) Securing and support of electrical equipment

(4) Fire protection

(5) Safety ground connection provisions

(6) Guarding live parts

(7) Transformers and voltage

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2460 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 209

(8) Conductor insulation, electrical and mechanical protection, isolation, and terminations

(9) Application, arrangement, and disconnection of circuit breakers, switches, and fuses

(10) Provisions for oil filled equipment

(11) Switchgear

(12) Surge arrestors

(B) Diagram.

A permanent, single-line diagram of the switchgear shall be provided in a readily visible location within thesame room or enclosed area with the switchgear, and this diagram shall clearly identify interlocks, isolationmeans, and all possible sources of voltage to the installation under normal or emergency conditions and themarking on the switchgear shall cross-reference the diagram.

Exception: Where the equipment consists solely of a single cubicle or metal-enclosed unit substationcontaining only one set of high-voltage switching devices, diagrams shall not be required.

Part IV. Mobile and Portable Equipment

490.51 General.

(A) Covered.

The provisions of this part shall apply to installations and use of high-voltage power distribution and utilizationequipment that is portable, mobile, or both, such as substations and switch houses mounted on skids,trailers, or cars; mobile shovels; draglines; cranes; hoists; drills; dredges; compressors; pumps; conveyors;underground excavators; and the like.

(B) Other Requirements.

The requirements of this part shall be additional to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Articles 100through 725 of this Code. Special attention shall be paid to Article 250.

(C) Protection.

Approved enclosures or guarding, or both, shall be provided to protect portable and mobile equipment fromphysical damage.

(D) Disconnecting Means.

Disconnecting means shall be installed for mobile and portable high-voltage equipment according to therequirements of Part VIII of Article 230 and shall disconnect all ungrounded conductors.

490.52 Overcurrent Protection.

Motors driving single or multiple dc generators supplying a system operating on a cyclic load basis do notrequire overload protection, provided that the thermal rating of the ac drive motor cannot be exceeded underany operating condition. The branch-circuit protective device(s) shall provide short-circuit and locked-rotorprotection and shall be permitted to be external to the equipment.

490.53 Enclosures.

All energized switching and control parts shall be enclosed in grounded metal cabinets or enclosures. Thesecabinets or enclosures shall be marked DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT and shall be locked sothat only authorized and qualified persons can enter. The danger marking(s) or label(s) shall comply with110.21(B) . Circuit breakers and protective equipment shall have the operating means projecting through themetal cabinet or enclosure so these units can be reset without opening locked doors. With doors closed,safe access for normal operation of these units shall be provided.

490.54 Collector Rings.

The collector ring assemblies on revolving-type machines (shovels, draglines, etc.) shall be guarded toprevent accidental contact with energized parts by personnel on or off the machine.

490.55 Power Cable Connections to Mobile Machines.

A metallic enclosure shall be provided on the mobile machine for enclosing the terminals of the power cable.The enclosure shall include terminal connections to the machine frame for the equipment groundingconductor. Ungrounded conductors shall be attached to insulators or be terminated in approved high-voltagecable couplers (which include equipment grounding conductor connectors) of proper voltage and ampererating. The method of cable termination used shall prevent any strain or pull on the cable from stressing theelectrical connections. The enclosure shall have provision for locking so that only authorized and qualifiedpersons may open it and shall be marked as follows:

DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT.

The danger marking(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .

490.56 High-Voltage Portable Cable for Main Power Supply.

Flexible high-voltage cable supplying power to portable or mobile equipment shall comply with Article 250and Article 400, Part III.

Part V. Electrode-Type Boilers

490.70 General.

The provisions of Part V shall apply to boilers operating over 1000 2000 volts, nominal, in which heat is

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2461 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 210

generated by the passage of current between electrodes through the liquid being heated.

490.71 Electrical Supply System.

Electrode-type boilers shall be supplied only from a 3-phase, 4-wire solidly grounded wye system, or fromisolating transformers arranged to provide such a system. Control circuit voltages shall not exceed 150 volts,shall be supplied from a grounded system, and shall have the controls in the ungrounded conductor.

490.72 Branch-Circuit Requirements.

(A) Rating.

Each boiler shall be supplied from an individual branch circuit rated not less than 100 percent of the totalload.

(B) Common-Trip Fault-Interrupting Device.

The circuit shall be protected by a 3-phase, common-trip fault-interrupting device, which shall be permitted toautomatically reclose the circuit upon removal of an overload condition but shall not reclose after a faultcondition.

(C) Phase-Fault Protection.

Phase-fault protection shall be provided in each phase, consisting of a separate phase-overcurrent relayconnected to a separate current transformer in the phase.

(D) Ground Current Detection.

Means shall be provided for detection of the sum of the neutral conductor and equipment groundingconductor currents and shall trip the circuit-interrupting device if the sum of those currents exceeds thegreater of 5 amperes or 7 1⁄2 percent of the boiler full-load current for 10 seconds or exceeds aninstantaneous value of 25 percent of the boiler full-load current.

(E) Grounded Neutral Conductor.

The grounded neutral conductor shall be as follows:

(1) Connected to the pressure vessel containing the electrodes

(2) Insulated for not less than 1000 2000 volts

(3) Have not less than the ampacity of the largest ungrounded branch-circuit conductor

(4) Installed with the ungrounded conductors in the same raceway, cable, or cable tray, or, where installedas open conductors, in close proximity to the ungrounded conductors

(5) Not used for any other circuit

490.73 Pressure and Temperature Limit Control.

Each boiler shall be equipped with a means to limit the maximum temperature, pressure, or both, by directlyor indirectly interrupting all current flow through the electrodes. Such means shall be in addition to thetemperature, pressure, or both, regulating systems and pressure relief or safety valves.

490.74 Bonding.

All exposed non–current-carrying metal parts of the boiler and associated exposed metal structures orequipment shall be bonded to the pressure vessel or to the neutral conductor to which the vessel isconnected in accordance with 250.102, except the ampacity of the bonding jumper shall not be less than theampacity of the neutral conductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2462 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 211

Public Input No. 3112-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 312.11(A)(3)] CMP9

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy

Organization: Schneider Electric

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:29:58 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2463 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 212

Public Input No. 3176-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.1 ]

490.1 Scope.

This article covers the general requirements for equipment operating at more than 1000 volts, nominal.

Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 70E-2012, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, forelectrical safety requirements for employee workplaces.

Informational Note No. 2: For further information on hazard signs and labels, see ANSI Z535.4-1998,Product Signs and Safety Labels.

Informational Note 3:  For additional information equipment over 1000V see IEEE 3001.5Recommended Practice for the Application of Power Distribution Apparatus in Industrial andCommercial Power Systems

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Electrical equipment energized at over 1000V nominal should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.

The benefit of now referencing the 3000 series of documents into the NEC now include, but are not limited to: 1) the elimination of duplicate material that now exists in the various color books, 2) the speeding up of the revision process by allowing Color Book content to be reviewed, edited and balloted in smaller segments, and 3) to accommodate more modern, efficient and cost effective physical publishing/distribution methodologies. This recommended practice is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with such requirements and a way to connect more directly with domain expertise in leading practice for designing safer supply circuits 1000V and above.

More information is available at this link http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/3000stds/index.html

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:IEEE Educational & Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySubcommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 14:24:40 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2473 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 213

Public Input No. 4696-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.3 ]

490.3 Oil-Filled Equipment.

Installation of electrical equipment, other than transformers covered in Article 450, containing more than 38 L(10 gal) of flammable oil per unit shall meet the requirements of Parts II and III of Article 450.

490.4 Damp and Wet Locations. In damp or wet locations, surface-type enclosures within the scope ofthis article shall be placed or equipped so as to prevent moisture or water from entering and accumulatingwithin the cabinet or cutout box, and shall be mounted so there is at least 6-mm (1⁄4-in.) airspace betweenthe enclosure and the wall or other supporting surface. Enclosures installed in damp or wet locations shallbe listed weatherproof. For enclosures in damp or wet locations, raceways or cables entering above thelevel of uninsulated live parts shall use fittings listed for wet locations.

Informational Note: For protection against corrosion, see 300.6.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

See proposal submitted for 312.1.Section 300. 11 does not deal with enclosures.There does not seem to be a requirement that high voltage enclosures need to be weatherproof?

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ROCCO DELUCA

Organization: City of Phoenix AZ

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 14:25:30 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2475 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 214

Public Input No. 1244-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 490.3 ]

490.4 Damp ans Wet Locations.

In damp or wet locations, surface-type enclosures within the scope of this article shall be placed or equippedso as to prevent moisture or water from enetering and accumulating within the cabinet or cutout box, andshall be mounted so there is at least 6-mm (1/4 in.) airspace between the enclsoure and the wall or othersupporting surface. Enclosures installed in damp or wet locations shall be listed weatherproof. Forenclosures in damp or wet locations, raceways or cables entering above the level of uninsulated live partsshall use fittings listed for wet locations.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

See proposal submitted for 312.1. Section 300.11 does not deal with enclosures. There doesn ot seem to be a requirement that high voltage enclosures need to be weatherproof?

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Joel Rencsok

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Sep 09 15:04:21 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2474 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 215

Public Input No. 3887-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.21(B) ]

(B) Power Fuses and Fuseholders.

(1) Use.

Where fuses are used to protect conductors and equipment, a fuse shall be placed in each ungroundedconductor. Two power fuses shall be permitted to be used in parallel to protect the same load if both fuseshave identical ratings and both fuses are installed in an identified common mounting with electricalconnections that divide the current equally. Power fuses of the vented type shall not be used indoors,underground, or in metal enclosures unless identified for the use.

(2) Interrupting Rating.

The interrupting rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum fault current the fuse is required tointerrupt, including contributions from all connected sources of energy.

(3) Voltage Rating.

The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage. Fuses havinga minimum recommended operating voltage shall not be applied below this voltage.

(4) Identification of Fuse Mountings and Fuse Units.

Fuse mountings and fuse units shall have permanent and legible nameplates showing the manufacturer’s typeor designation, continuous current rating, interrupting current rating, and maximum voltage rating.

(5) Fuses.

Fuses that expel flame in opening the circuit shall be designed or arranged so that they function properlywithout hazard to persons or property.

(6) Fuseholders.

Fuseholders shall be designed or installed so that they are de-energized while a fuse is being replaced. Afield-applied permanent and legible sign, in accordance with 110.21(B) , shall be installed immediatelyadjacent to the fuseholders and shall be worded as follows:

DANGER — DISCONNECT CIRCUIT BEFORE REPLACING FUSES.

Exception: Fuses and fuseholders designed to permit fuse replacement by qualified persons usingidentified equipment without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be permitted.

(7) High-Voltage Fuses.

Switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operateddisconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switchbetween the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall beof the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting devicearranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capability of the switch.

Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuseswhere the switches are installed to provide connection to more than one set of supply conductors. Theswitches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses only when allswitches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more thanone source.

Informational Note: See IEEE 3004.4 Recommended Practice for the Application of Medium- andHigh-Voltage Fuses in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Fuse specifications have many subtleties that should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.

More information is available at this link http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/3000stds/index.html

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2476 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 216

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:IEEE Educational & Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySubcommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 14:12:07 EST 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2477 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 217

Public Input No. 1535-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.30 ]

490.30 General.

Part III covers assemblies of switchgear and industrial control equipment including, but not limited to,switches and interrupting devices and their control, metering, protection, and regulating equipment wherethey are an integral part of the assembly, with associated interconnections and supporting structures. Part IIIalso includes switchgear assemblies that form a part of unit substations, power centers, or similarequipment.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This Public Input was developed by a Task Group assigned by the NEC Correlating Committee to: (1) resolve issues with actions taken by Code-making Panels 1 and 8 on proposals and comments in the 2014 NEC cycle relative to changing the voltage threshold in articles under their purview from 600 volts to 1000 volts, (2) address indoor and outdoor electrical substations, and (3) evaluate other higher voltage threshold requirements to be included relative to present trends. Members of the Task Group on Over 600 volts for this Public Input included: Alan Manche; Donny Cook; Vince Saporita; Lanny Floyd; Paul Barnhart; Eddie Guidry; Alan Peterson; Tom Adams; David Kendall; Dave Mercier; Tim Pope; and co-chairs Roger McDaniel and Neil F. LaBrake, Jr.; including ad-hoc members Larry Cogburn, CMP-8 Chair and Ken Boyce, CMP-1 Chair.This proposed change revises the Title for 368.240 from 600 volts to 1000 volts. This updated title will correlate with the revision to 368 Part IV title. Refer to standards UL857 and IEEE C37.23. UL857 Bus is physical smaller which is desirable for wind and PV applications. IEEE standard is currently used for Bus 600 volts and larger whereas the UL standard is used for the lower voltage Bus.The Task Group reviewed Chapters 1 through 8 and identified areas and agreed that the increase in voltage has a minimal or no impact to the system installation and/or correlation was required.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Neil LaBrake

Organization: National Grid

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 03 12:20:28 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2478 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 218

Public Input No. 2682-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 490.36, 490.37 ]

Sections 490.36, 490.37

490.36 Grounding Bonding .

Frames of switchgear and control assemblies shall be connected to an equipment grounding bondingconductor or, where permitted, the grounded conductor.

490.37 Grounding Bonding of Devices.

The metal cases or frames, or both, such as those of instruments, relays, meters, and instrument andcontrol transformers, located in or on switchgear or control assemblies, shall be connected to an equipmentgrounding bonding conductor or, where permitted, the grounded conductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 28 11:32:43 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2479 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 219

Public Input No. 2684-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.55 ]

490.55 Power Cable Connections to Mobile Machines.

A metallic enclosure shall be provided on the mobile machine for enclosing the terminals of the power cable.The enclosure shall include terminal connections to the machine frame for the equipment grounding bondingconductor. Ungrounded conductors shall be attached to insulators or be terminated in approved high-voltagecable couplers (which include equipment grounding bonding conductor connectors) of proper voltage andampere rating. The method of cable termination used shall prevent any strain or pull on the cable fromstressing the electrical connections. The enclosure shall have provision for locking so that only authorized andqualified persons may open it and shall be marked as follows:

DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT.

The danger marking(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 28 11:37:42 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2481 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 220

Public Input No. 2065-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.71 ]

490.71 Electrical Supply System.

Electrode-type boilers shall be supplied only from a 3-phase, 4-wire solidly grounded wye system, or fromisolating transformers arranged to provide such a system. Control circuit voltages shall not exceed 150actual volts, shall be supplied from a grounded system, and shall have the controls in the ungroundedconductor.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This section uses a voltage that is an "actual" hard limit.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 1902-NFPA 70-2014 [Global Input] This submission depends on 1902

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMS

Organization: none

Affilliation: Retired Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 17 16:14:59 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2483 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 221

Public Input No. 1588-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.71 ]

490.71 Electrical Supply System.

Electrode-type boilers shall be supplied only from a 3-phase, 4-wire solidly or low resistance groundedwye system, or from isolating transformers arranged to provide such a system. Control circuit voltages shallnot exceed 150 volts, shall be supplied from a grounded system, and shall have the controls in theungrounded conductor.

Reasons for change

Low resistance grounding (LRG):

1. Limits phase-to-ground currents to 200-400A.

2. Reduces arcing current.

3. Limits arc-flash hazards associated with phase-to-ground arcing current.

4. Limits the mechanical damage and thermal damage to shorted transformer and switchgear.

5. Does not prevent operation of overcurrent devices.

6. May be utilized on medium or high voltage systems (up to 72KV line-to-line).

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Give us the opportunity to use low resistance ground system.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: TISHO TOUNTCHEV

Organization: PRECISION BOILERS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Oct 05 19:02:46 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2482 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 222

Public Input No. 2685-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 490.72(D) ]

(D) Ground Current Detection.

Means shall be provided for detection of the sum of the neutral conductor and equipment grounding bondingconductor currents and shall trip the circuit-interrupting device if the sum of those currents exceeds thegreater of 5 amperes or 7 1⁄2 percent of the boiler full-load current for 10 seconds or exceeds aninstantaneous value of 25 percent of the boiler full-load current.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 28 11:40:45 EDT 2014

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2484 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Panel 9 FD Agenda Page 223